-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----
Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR
Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov
Originator-Key-Asymmetric:
 MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen
 TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB
MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA,
 DPpmE/kQbigiccZTa9FLPmNyZFYpIW3fqP4/mqmxucic4DQ3RyQOVM60/veHbQXf
 VaMyW/OXWe/pbjSYLo+waA==

<SEC-DOCUMENT>0000070530-03-000017.txt : 20030722
<SEC-HEADER>0000070530-03-000017.hdr.sgml : 20030722
<ACCEPTANCE-DATETIME>20030721205707
ACCESSION NUMBER:		0000070530-03-000017
CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE:	10-K
PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT:		10
CONFORMED PERIOD OF REPORT:	20030525
FILED AS OF DATE:		20030722

FILER:

	COMPANY DATA:	
		COMPANY CONFORMED NAME:			NATIONAL SEMICONDUCTOR CORP
		CENTRAL INDEX KEY:			0000070530
		STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION:	SEMICONDUCTORS & RELATED DEVICES [3674]
		IRS NUMBER:				952095071
		STATE OF INCORPORATION:			DE
		FISCAL YEAR END:			0531

	FILING VALUES:
		FORM TYPE:		10-K
		SEC ACT:		1934 Act
		SEC FILE NUMBER:	001-06453
		FILM NUMBER:		03795245

	BUSINESS ADDRESS:	
		STREET 1:		2900 SEMICONDUCTOR DR
		STREET 2:		PO BOX 58090
		CITY:			SANTA CLARA
		STATE:			CA
		ZIP:			95052-8090
		BUSINESS PHONE:		4087215000

	MAIL ADDRESS:	
		STREET 1:		2900 SEMICONDUCTOR DR
		CITY:			SANTA CLARA
		STATE:			CA
		ZIP:			95052-8090
</SEC-HEADER>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>10-K
<SEQUENCE>1
<FILENAME>form10k_72103.txt
<DESCRIPTION>PERIOD ENDING MAY 25, 2003
<TEXT>
                UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM 10-K

X    ANNUAL REPORT  PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE  SECURITIES  EXCHANGE
     ACT OF 1934
     For the fiscal year ended May 25, 2003
OR

__   TRANSITION  REPORT  PURSUANT  TO  SECTION  13 OR  15(d)  OF THE  SECURITIES
     EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

     For the transition period from to .

     Commission File Number: 1-6453

                       NATIONAL SEMICONDUCTOR CORPORATION
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

            DELAWARE                                95-2095071
            --------                                ----------
      (State of incorporation)          (I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

                    2900 SEMICONDUCTOR DRIVE, P.O. BOX 58090
                       SANTA CLARA, CALIFORNIA 95052-8090
                    (Address of principal executive offices)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code:  (408) 721-5000

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

                                                Name of Each Exchange on
Title of Each Class                             Which Registered

Common stock, par value                         New York Stock Exchange
$0.50 per share                                 Pacific Exchange

Preferred Stock Purchase Rights                 New York Stock Exchange
                                                Pacific Exchange






Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
(Title of class)

<PAGE>


Indicate  by check  mark  whether  the  registrant:  (1) has filed  all  reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of
1934  during  the  preceding  12 months  (or for such  shorter  period  that the
registrant was required to file such reports),  and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes X . No .

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers  pursuant to Item 405
of Regulation  S-K is not contained  herein,  and will not be contained,  to the
best of registrant's  knowledge,  in definitive proxy or information  statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. [ X ]

Indicate  by check mark  whether  the  registrant  is an  accelerated  filer (as
defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes X . No .

The aggregate market value of voting stock held by non-affiliates of National as
of  November  22,  2002,  was  approximately  $2,635,415,828  based  on the last
reported  sale price on that date.  Shares of common  stock held by each officer
and  director  and by each person who owns 5 percent or more of the  outstanding
common stock have been  excluded  because  these persons may be considered to be
affiliates.  This  determination  of  affiliate  status  is  not  necessarily  a
conclusive determination for other purposes.

The number of shares  outstanding of the  registrant's  common stock,  $0.50 par
value, as of June 20, 2003, was 183,806,274.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

         Document                                      Location in Form 10-K
         --------                                      ---------------------
Portions of the Proxy Statement for the Annual
  Meeting of Stockholders to be held on or
  about September 25, 2003.                                   Part III


<PAGE>


NATIONAL SEMICONDUCTOR CORPORATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                         Page No

PART I

Item 1.  Business                                                            4
Item 2.  Properties                                                         11
Item 3.  Legal Proceedings                                                  12
Item 4.  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders                14
Executive Officers of the Registrant                                        15

PART II

Item 5.  Market for the Registrant's Common Equity and Related
         Stockholder Matters                                                17
Item 6.  Selected Financial Data                                            19
Item 7.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
         and Results of Operations                                          20
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk         31
Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data                        32
Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting
         and Financial Disclosure                                           68
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures                                            69

PART III

Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant                 70
Item 11. Executive Compensation                                             70
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and
         Management and Related Stockholder Matters                         70
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions                     70
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services                             70

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and
         Reports on Form 8-K                                                71
Signatures                                                                  73

<PAGE>


ITEM 1. BUSINESS

The  statements  in this  Annual  Report  on Form 10-K  contain  forward-looking
statements  within the meaning of Section 27A of the  Securities Act of 1933 and
Section 21E of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934. These statements relate to,
among  other  things,   sales,  gross  margins,   operating  expenses,   capital
expenditures  and  acquisitions  and  investments  in  other  companies  and are
indicated  by words or  phrases  such as  'expect,"  "outlook,"  "foresee,"  "we
believe," "we intend" and similar words or phrases.  These  statements are based
on  our  current  plans  and   expectations   and  involve  numerous  risks  and
uncertainties  that  could  cause  actual  results  to  differ  materially  from
expectations.  These  forward-looking  statements  should not be relied  upon as
predictions  of  future  events  as we  cannot  assure  you that the  events  or
circumstances  reflected in these statements will be achieved or will occur. The
following  are among the  principal  factors that could cause actual  results to
differ  materially from the  forward-looking  statements:  general  business and
economic  conditions  in the  semiconductor  industry and the growth rate in the
wireless, PC and information  infrastructure  industries;  pricing pressures and
competitive  factors;  delays in the  introduction  of new  products  or lack of
market acceptance for new products; our success in integrating  acquisitions and
achieving  operating  improvements  with  acquisitions;  risks of  international
operations;   legislative  and  regulatory   changes;   the  outcome  of  legal,
administrative and other proceedings that we are involved in; the results of our
programs  to control or reduce  costs;  and the general  worldwide  geopolitical
situation.  For a  discussion  of some of the factors  that could  cause  actual
results to differ materially from the forward-looking  statements, see the "Risk
Factors"  section set forth in Item 7,  Management's  Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Conditions and Results of Operations and other risks and uncertainties
detailed  in this or our other  reports  and  filings  with the  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission.  We  undertake  no  obligation  to update  forward-looking
statements to reflect  further  developments  or information  obtained after the
date hereof and disclaim any obligation to do so.

General
- -------
We  design,  develop,  manufacture  and  market a wide  array  of  semiconductor
products,  including a broad line of analog,  mixed-signal  and other integrated
circuits.  These  products  address  a  variety  of  markets  and  applications,
including:

        o  amplifiers;                   o  personal computers;
        o  power management;             o  local and wide area networks; and
        o  flat panel and CRT displays;  o  imaging.
        o  wireless communications;

     Our  strategy  is to  provide  systems-on-a-chip  for our key  trendsetting
partners,   using  our  analog   expertise  as  a  starting  point  for  forward
integration.   Approximately  75  percent  of  our  revenue  is  generated  from
analog-based products and this percentage is likely to grow in the future due to
our increasing focus on developing  analog solutions for high growth markets and
applications.
     National was originally  incorporated  in the state of Delaware in 1959 and
our  headquarters  have  been in Santa  Clara,  California  since  1967.  On our
"Investor  Information"  website,  located  at  www.national.com,  we  post  the
following   filings   as  soon  as   reasonably   practicable   after  they  are
electronically filed or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission: our
annual  report on Form 10-K,  our  quarterly  reports on Form 10-Q,  our current
reports  on Form 8-K and any  amendments  to those  reports  filed or  furnished
pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934. All
our filings on our website are available free of charge.

Recent Highlights/Acquisitions
- ------------------------------
In February 2003, we launched a series of strategic  profit-improvement  actions
designed to  streamline  our cost  structure  and enhance  shareholder  value by
prioritizing R&D spending on higher-margin  analog  businesses.  As part of that
plan,  we indicated we would seek to sell the  information  appliance  business,
primarily  consisting  of the  GeodeTM  family  of  products,  and our  cellular
baseband  business.  At that time,  we expected to complete the sales within the
following  3 to 6  months.  Since  February,  we  have  conferred  with  several
prospective  buyers  for  the  information  appliance  business  and  in  May we
announced that we were actively  pursuing a sale of that  business.  At the same
time we also announced the immediate closure of the cellular baseband business.
     In August 2002,  we completed  the  acquisition  of  DigitalQuake,  Inc., a
development  stage  enterprise  engaged in the  development  of digital  display
products   located  in  Campbell,   California.   We  believe  the  addition  of
DigitalQuake's   display   capabilities   and   products,    which   include   a
fourth-generation scaling solution, a triple analog-to-digital  converter and an
advanced digital video interface with encryption/decryption  technologies,  will
help us provide a broad range of system solutions for flat panel monitors.
<PAGE>

Products
- --------
Semiconductors  are integrated  circuits (in which a number of  transistors  and
other  elements  are  combined to form a more  complicated  circuit) or discrete
devices (such as individual  transistors).  In an  integrated  circuit,  various
components  are  fabricated in a small area or "chip" of silicon,  which is then
encapsulated  in  plastic,  ceramic or other  advanced  forms of  packaging  and
connected to a circuit board or substrate.
     We manufacture an extensive  range of analog  intensive,  mixed-signal  and
digital products,  which are used in numerous vertical markets. While no precise
industry  standard  exists for  analog and  mixed-signal  devices,  we  consider
products  which  process  analog  information  or  convert  analog to digital or
digital to analog as analog and mixed-signal devices.
     We are a leading supplier of analog and mixed-signal products, serving both
broad based  markets  such as the  industrial  and  consumer  markets,  and more
narrowly defined markets such as wireless handsets,  displays, imaging and human
interface and information  infrastructure.  Our analog and mixed-signal  devices
include:

   o  amplifiers and regulators;       o  image sensors;
   o  power monitors and line drivers; o  radio frequency integrated circuits;
   o  audio amplifiers;                o  display drivers and signal processors.

     Other  products  with  significant  digital  to analog or analog to digital
capability include products for local area and wireless  networking and wireless
communications,   as  well  as  products  for  personal   systems  and  personal
communications,  such as input/output devices. We use the brand name "Super I/O"
to  describe  our  integrated   circuits  that  handle  system   peripheral  and
input/output functions for notebook and desktop computers, as well as servers.

Corporate Organization; Product Line Business Units
- ---------------------------------------------------
We are comprised of various  product line  business  units which are combined to
form groups.  During fiscal 2003, our operations were organized in the following
five groups: the Analog Group, the Displays Group, the Information Appliance and
Wireless Group, the Wired Communications Group and the Custom Solutions Group.

     ANALOG GROUP:  Analog products are the vital  technology link that connects
the physical world with digital information.  They are used to enable and enrich
the experience of sight and sound of many electronic  applications.  In addition
to the real world  interfaces,  analog  products are used  extensively  in power
management and signal conditioning applications.
     We  have  achieved  a  leadership   position  with  our  power   management
technology. Our diverse portfolio of innovative intellectual property enables us
to  develop  building  block  products,   application-specific  standard  analog
products  and full custom  large-scale  integrations  for our key  customers  in
applications such as wireless  handsets and flat panel displays.  In signal path
applications,   our  innovative  and   high-performance   building   blocks  and
application  specific  standard  products  allow our customers to  differentiate
their systems.
     The  Analog  Group  designs,  develops  and  manufactures  a wide  range of
products including:
o    power management products (power conversion, regulation and conservation);
o    high-performance operational amplifiers;
o    high-performance analog-to-digital converters;
o    high efficiency audio amplifiers;
o    thermal management products.
     With  our  leadership  in  small  and   innovative   packages  and  process
technology,  we are focusing on high growth markets that depend upon portability
and efficiency, such as cellular telephones and notebook computers. We are using
our analog  expertise to develop  high  performance  products  aimed at wireless
handsets,  displays,  notebook computers, other portable devices and information
infrastructure  applications.  Current  offerings include audio subsystems and a
complete power management unit for the Global Systems for Mobile  Communications
(GSM) wireless product applications.  We are increasing our penetration into the
top tier original equipment manufacturer customer base in the wireless,  display
and personal  computer market segments.  Nearly 42 percent of the Analog Group's
revenues are derived from original equipment manufacturers,  while the remaining
58 percent come from our worldwide authorized distributors.
     The Enhanced  Solutions  business unit,  which is part of the Analog Group,
supplies  integrated  circuits  and  contract  services to the high  reliability
market, which includes avionics, defense, space and the federal government.

     DISPLAYS  GROUP:  The Displays Group  consists of our Flat Panel  Displays,
Column Driver and CRT/Digital TV business units. We are a leader in analog video
processing  solutions for the displays  market.  The Displays Group develops and
manufactures  various  products that provide higher  resolution,  brighter color
and/or  better  power  efficiency  for flat panel  monitors,  CRT  monitors  and
notebook computer displays.
     The Flat Panel  Displays  business  unit  provides a variety of  innovative
products  for  notebook  thin film  transistor  (TFT)  displays  and flat  panel
monitors.  Our  products  include a variety of timing  controllers,  low voltage
differential  signal (LVDS) data  receivers and LVDS  transmitters.  We recently
introduced  response time compensation  (RTC) for LCD TV applications.  RTC is a
display technology that speeds up the response time of LCDs for improved picture
quality.  In the notebook TFT displays segment, we have significant market share
in the  integrated  LVDS  receiver and timing  controllers.  We also continue to
expand our  position  in the  discrete  LVDS  market.  The Flat  Panel  Displays
business  unit  is also  developing  scaler  products  targeted  at  flat  panel
monitors.
     The Column Driver business unit recently  introduced a new family of column
drivers that use the industry  standard  reduced  swing  differential  signaling
(RSDS)  digital  interface  technology.  We  are  also  developing  new  product
offerings for the mobile handset market.
     The CRT and Digital TV business  unit offers a variety of video drivers and
pre-amplifiers  that go into CRT  monitors  and digital  TVs.  While the overall
market unit volume of CRT  monitors is expected to decline  over time due to the
increasing  penetration of flat panel displays, the business unit's leading edge
technology,  including our new high-voltage processes, is being channeled toward
opportunities  in the fast  growing  digital TV market.  Our  product  offerings
include the integrated family of pre-amplifiers  with on-screen  display,  clamp
and video drivers for a wide variety of CRT display types.

     INFORMATION  APPLIANCE AND WIRELESS GROUP:  The  Information  Appliance and
Wireless Group consist of our Information Appliance and Wireless business units.
The  Information  Appliance  business unit has been focused on providing  easier
access to the  Internet  with our GeodeTM  product  family of silicon and system
solutions.  The  GeodeTM  technology  merges  complex  functionality,   such  as
processing,  system logic,  graphics,  audio and video  decompression  on to one
highly  integrated  device.  As part  of our  program  to  streamline  our  cost
structure and enhance  shareholder  value through  prioritizing  R&D spending on
higher  margin  analog  businesses,  we announced  in February  2003 that we are
seeking to sell the GeodeTM  business.  You can find further  discussion on this
topic in Item 7, Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations, and Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
     The Wireless  business unit delivers  solutions  that perform the radio and
other  functions  for  handsets  and base  stations  in the  cellular,  cordless
telephone  and wireless  data markets.  The Wireless  business unit  leverages a
number of technologies and standards:
o    Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA);
o    Personal Digital Cellular (PDC); and
o    Global Systems for Mobile Communications (GSM).
o    Digital Cordless Telephone technology; and
o    BluetoothTM.
     Our Wireless business unit offers radio frequency  components that focus on
addressing  the  synthesizer  block of the radios in CDMA,  PDC and GSM cellular
standards  as  well as  Wireless-LAN  and  cordless  applications.  Our  digital
cordless  technology  allows  us to  offer  some  of the  most  flexible  system
solutions  available  today for the digital  cordless  telephone.  With a unique
baseband  platform,  one single  baseband  chip  supports  combined  voice/data,
repeaters,  base stations and handsets. Our BluetoothTM enabled product offering
provides   wireless   connectivity   between  various  consumer  and  commercial
applications. The newest generation of BluetoothTM devices and the wide personal
access  BluetoothTM  module  offers  a highly  integrated  solution  for  future
applications.  Our GSM chipset solution,  which combined the radio  transceiver,
digital baseband,  analog baseband and power management into one solution, was a
part of the cellular baseband business that we closed at the end of fiscal 2003.

     WIRED COMMUNICATIONS  GROUP: The Wired Communications Group consists of the
Advanced  PC  business  unit,  which  was  formally  a part  of the  Information
Appliance and Wireless Group, and the Networking  business unit. The Advanced PC
business  unit  provides  innovative  mixed-signal  I/O  products  for  servers,
desktops,  mobile  and  storage  computing.  The  business  unit is  focused  on
improving and creating  standards for  networking,  security and  manageability.
During  fiscal 2003 the Advanced PC business  unit  introduced  the  EthernetMAX
product  family.  Developed with iReady  Corporation,  a leader in iSCSI,  these
products  are the  first to  integrate  gigabit  MAC/PHY,  TOE,  Ipsec and iSCSI
technologies onto a single chip, which addresses an emerging market opportunity-
     The  Networking  business  unit focuses on the  enterprise,  communications
infrastructure  and embedded  markets.  The  Enterprise  business  unit provides
complete  mixed signal  solutions for switches and routers.  The  Communications
Infrastructure  business  unit  is  focused  on the  development  of  high-speed
physical  interconnect  products for  wireless,  telecom,  data  networking  and
professional video applications.  The Embedded business unit focuses on products
used in networked peripherals in the enterprise and consumer markets.
<PAGE>

     CUSTOM  SOLUTIONS  GROUP:  The  Custom  Solutions  Group  consists  of  the
following four business units:  Device  Connectivity,  Legacy  Products,  Custom
Silicon Systems and Imaging Products.
     The Device Connectivity business unit offers a wide range of processors and
microcontrollers.  Our  processors are based on either our CR16 core or the ARM7
core  and  are  combined  with   dedicated   application   software  to  address
applications  involving device  connectivity.  Applications  include BluetoothTM
accessories,  telematics (automotive),  wireless access points, security systems
and advanced meter reading.  Our  general-purpose 8 and 16 bit  microcontrollers
address  a  wide  variety  of  applications  in  the  communication,   consumer,
industrial, and automotive segments.
     The  Legacy  Products  business  unit  supplies  user-designed  application
specific  products in the form of standard  cells and gate arrays as well as key
components for analog and digital line cards for telecommunication systems.
     The  Custom  Silicon  Systems  business  unit  acts  as the  portal  to our
technologies, manufacturing and logistics infrastructure to produce systems-on-a
chip solutions for key strategic partners.
     The Imaging  Products  business unit develops  complete  imaging  solutions
including CMOS image sensors and image processors.  These solutions are aimed at
applications for the mobile phone, automotive and various consumer products.

     FISCAL  2004  ORGANIZATION  STRUCTURE:  After  the end of fiscal  2003,  we
reorganized our business operations into the following groups: the Analog Group,
the Displays and Wireless Group, the PC and Networking Group, the Imaging Group,
and the Custom  Solutions  Group.  This  reorganization  was done to reflect our
decisions to exit the cellular  baseband  business and the GeodeTM  product line
within the  Information  Appliance  business.  We do not expect  this  change to
materially affect the way we define and report our operating segments under SFAS
131.

     WORLDWIDE  MARKETING  AND SALES AND CENTRAL  TECHNOLOGY  AND  MANUFACTURING
GROUP:  Separate from our business  operating  groups,  our corporate  structure
includes  a  centralized  Worldwide  Marketing  and  Sales  Group  and a Central
Technology and Manufacturing Group (CTMG).
     Worldwide  Marketing and Sales is structured  around the four major regions
of the world where we operate -- the Americas (North and South),  Europe,  Japan
and Asia Pacific -- and unites our worldwide sales and marketing organization.
     CTMG manages all production,  including manufacturing requirements that are
outsourced, and central support technology.  Central support technology includes
process  technology,  which  provides  pure  research  and  process  development
necessary for many of our core production  processes,  packaging  technology and
leading edge research. CTMG provides a range of process libraries, product cores
and  software  that are shared among our product  lines to develop  system level
solutions.  This group is also responsible for the selection and usage of common
support tools, including integrated computer-aided design for design, layout and
simulation.

Segment Financial Information and Geographic Information
- --------------------------------------------------------
For  segment  reporting  purposes,  each  of our  product  line  business  units
represents  an  operating  segment  as  defined  under  Statement  of  Financial
Accounting  Standards No. 131,  Disclosures  about Segments of an Enterprise and
Related Information.  Business units that have similarities,  including economic
characteristics,  underlying technology,  markets and customers,  are aggregated
into  larger  segments.  Under  the  criteria  in SFAS  No.  131,  we have  four
reportable segments for fiscal 2003:
o    Analog Segment;
o    Information Appliance Segment;
o    Enterprise Networking Segment;
o    Enhanced Solutions Segment.
     Prior to fiscal 2003,  the  Enterprise  Networking  and Enhanced  Solutions
segments were  previously  included with all other  segments in the caption "All
Others."  For further  financial  information  on these  segments,  refer to the
information  contained in Note 13, "Segment and Geographic  Information," in the
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8.
<PAGE>

Marketing and Sales
- -------------------
We market our products globally to original equipment manufacturers and original
design manufacturers through a direct sales force. Major OEMs and ODMs include:

o  Bosch;           o  LG Electronics;  o  Samsung;
o  Dell;            o  L.M. Ericsson;   o  Siemens;
o  Hewlett Packard; o  Motorola;        o  Sony; and
o  IBM;             o  Nokia;           o  Sony - Ericsson Mobile Communication.
o  Kyocera;         o  Quanta;

     There has been an increasing  trend in the  technology  industry where OEMs
use contract  manufacturers to build their products and ODMs to design and build
products.  As a result,  our design  wins with major OEMs,  particularly  in the
personal computer and cellular phone markets,  can ultimately result in sales to
a  contract  manufacturer.  In  addition  to  our  direct  sales  force,  we use
distributors in our four business  regions,  and approximately 50 percent of our
total  worldwide  sales are  generated  through  distributors.  In an increasing
portion of our distribution sales, the distributor acts as the logistics partner
for our OEM customers and their  contract  manufacturers.  In line with industry
practices,  we generally credit  distributors for the effect of price reductions
on their inventory of our products and, under specific conditions, we repurchase
products that we have discontinued.
     Our comprehensive  central facilities in the United States,  Europe,  Japan
and Singapore handle customer support. These customer support centers respond to
inquiries  on product  pricing  and  availability,  customer  technical  support
requests, order entry and scheduling.
     We augment our sales effort with application  engineers based in the field.
These engineers are specialists in our product portfolio and work with customers
to identify and design our  integrated  circuits  into  customers'  products and
applications.  These  engineers  also help  identify  emerging  markets  for new
products  and  are  supported  by  our  design   centers  in  the  field  or  at
manufacturing sites.

Customers
- ---------
We are not dependent  upon any single  customer,  the loss of which would have a
material effect on our operating results. The distributor Arrow accounted for 10
percent  of total  net sales in fiscal  2003 as a result of its  acquisition  of
Pioneer in February,  2003. In addition,  the  distributor  Avnet  accounted for
approximately  10  percent  of total net sales in fiscal  2003 and 2002.  No one
customer or  distributor  accounted for 10 percent or more of total net sales in
fiscal 2001.

Backlog
- -------
In accordance with industry practice, we frequently revise semiconductor backlog
quantities and shipment  schedules under outstanding  purchase orders to reflect
changes in customer needs. We rarely formally enforce binding agreements for the
sale of specific quantities at specific prices that are contractually subject to
price or  quantity  revisions,  consistent  with  industry  practice.  For these
reasons, we do not believe it is meaningful to disclose the amount of backlog at
any particular date.

Seasonality
- -----------
We are  affected  by  the  seasonal  trends  of the  semiconductor  and  related
industries.  We typically  experience  sequentially lower sales in our first and
third fiscal quarters, primarily due to customer vacation and holiday schedules.
Sales usually reach a seasonal  peak in our fourth fiscal  quarter.  Fiscal 2003
was  consistent  with  these  trends,   although   market   conditions  for  the
semiconductor industry were improved over fiscal 2002.
<PAGE>

Manufacturing
- -------------
The design of semiconductor and integrated circuit products is shaped by general
market  needs  and  customer   requirements.   Following   product   design  and
development, we produce integrated circuits in the following steps:

o    Wafer  Fabrication.  Product designs are compiled and digitized by state of
     the art design equipment and then transferred to silicon wafers in a series
     of  complex  precision  processes  that  include  oxidation,   lithography,
     chemical etching, diffusion, deposition, implantation and metallization.

o    Wafer Sort.  The silicon  wafers are tested and separated  into  individual
     circuit devices.

o    Product Assembly. Tiny wires are used to connect the electronic circuits on
     the device to the  stronger  metal leads of the package in which the device
     is encapsulated for protection.

o    Final Test.  The devices are subjected to a series of vigorous  tests using
     computerized circuit testers and, for certain  applications,  environmental
     testers such as burn-in ovens,  centrifuges,  temperature cycle or moisture
     resistance testers, salt atmosphere testers and thermal shock testers.

o    Coating.  Certain  devices in the analog  portfolio are designed to be used
     without  traditional  packaging.  In this case, the  integrated  circuit is
     coated with a  protective  material and mounted  directly  onto the circuit
     board.

     We conduct product design and development work  predominantly in the United
States. Wafer fabrication is concentrated in two facilities in the United States
and one in Scotland.  Nearly all product  assembly and final test operations are
performed in two  facilities  in Southeast  Asia.  During the second  quarter of
fiscal 2003, we began  construction of an assembly and test facility in China to
expand our business presence in the Asia markets.  For capacity  utilization and
other  economic   reasons,   we  employ   subcontractors   to  perform   certain
manufacturing functions in the United States, Europe, Israel, Southeast Asia and
Japan.
     Our wafer  manufacturing  processes  span  Bipolar,  Metal  Oxide  Silicon,
Complementary Metal Oxide Silicon and Bipolar  Complementary Metal Oxide Silicon
technologies, including Silicon Germanium. We are focusing our wafer fabrication
processes  to  emphasize  the   development  of  new  analog  and   mixed-signal
technology-based products for applications aimed at wireless handsets, displays,
imaging and human interface and information  infrastructure.  Bipolar  processes
primarily support our standard products. The width of the individual transistors
on a chip is measured in microns; one micron equals one millionth of a meter. As
products decrease in size and increase in  functionality,  our wafer fabrication
facilities  must be able to  manufacture  integrated  circuits  with  sub-micron
circuit pattern widths. This precision  fabrication carries over to assembly and
test operations,  where advanced packaging technology and comprehensive  testing
are required to address the ever increasing  performance and complexity embedded
in current integrated circuits.

Raw Materials
- -------------
Our  manufacturing  processes  use  certain  key raw  materials  critical to our
products. These include silicon wafers, certain chemicals and gases, ceramic and
plastic  packaging  materials  and  various  precious  metals.  We also  rely on
subcontractors to supply finished or semi-finished products which we then market
through  our sales  channels.  We obtain  raw  materials  and  semi-finished  or
finished  products from various sources,  although the number of sources for any
particular material or product is relatively limited. We feel our current supply
of essential materials is adequate.  However,  shortages have occurred from time
to time and could occur again.  Significant  increases in demand,  rapid product
mix changes or natural  disasters could affect our ability to procure  materials
or goods.

Research and Development
- ------------------------
Our  research  and  development  efforts  consist of research in  metallurgical,
electro-mechanical  and solid-state sciences,  manufacturing process development
and  product  design.   Research  functions  and  development  of  most  process
technologies  are done by CTMG's process  technology  group.  Total R&D expenses
were $435.6 million for fiscal 2003, or 26 percent of sales,  compared to $441.0
million for fiscal 2002, or 30 percent of sales,  and $435.6  million for fiscal
2001, or 21 percent of sales.  These amounts  exclude  in-process R&D charges of
$0.7 million  related to the  acquisition of  DigitalQuake  in fiscal 2003, $1.3
million related to the acquisitions of Fincitec, ARSmikro and Wireless Solutions
Sweden in fiscal 2002 and $16.2 million related to the  acquisitions of innoComm
Wireless and Vivid  Semiconductor  in fiscal 2001.  These in-process R&D charges
are included in our  consolidated  statements  of  operations  as a component of
special items.

<PAGE>
     During fiscal 2003, we devoted  approximately  79 percent of our R&D effort
towards new  product  development  and 21 percent  towards  the  development  of
process and support  technology.  Compared to fiscal 2002,  this  represents a 1
percent  increase in  spending  for new  product  development  and an 11 percent
decrease  towards  the  development  of  process  and  support   technology.   A
significant  and  increasing  portion  of our R&D  efforts  will be aimed in the
future at developing new analog products.

Patents
- -------
We own  numerous  United  States  and  non-U.S.  patents  and have  many  patent
applications pending. We consider the development of patents and the maintenance
of an  active  patent  program  advantageous  to the  conduct  of our  business.
However,  we believe that  continued  success  will depend more on  engineering,
production,  marketing,  financial  and  managerial  skills  than on our  patent
program.   We  license  certain  of  our  patents  to  other  manufacturers  and
participate in a number of cross  licensing  arrangements  and  agreements  with
other  parties.  Each license  agreement has unique terms and  conditions,  with
variations as to length of term,  royalties  payable,  permitted uses and scope.
The  majority of these  agreements  are  cross-licenses  in which we grant broad
licenses  to our  intellectual  property  in  exchange  for  receiving a similar
corresponding license from the other party and none are exclusive. The amount of
income we have received from licensing agreements has varied in the past, and we
cannot precisely  forecast the amount and timing of future income from licensing
agreements.  On an overall basis, we believe that no single license agreement is
material  to  us,  either  in  terms  of  royalty  payments  due or  payable  or
intellectual property rights granted or received.

Employees
- ---------
At May 25, 2003, we employed  approximately  9,800 people of whom  approximately
4,400 were employed in the United  States,  1,200 in Europe,  4,100 in Southeast
Asia  and 100 in  other  areas.  We  believe  that our  future  success  depends
fundamentally  on our  ability  to  recruit  and retain  skilled  technical  and
professional  personnel.  Our  employees in the United States are not covered by
collective bargaining  agreements.  We consider our employee relations worldwide
to be favorable.

Competition
- -----------
Competition in the semiconductor  industry is intense.  We compete with a number
of major corporations in the high-volume segment of the industry.  These include
several multinational companies whose semiconductor business may be only part of
their overall  operations,  such as  Koninklijke  (Royal)  Philips  Electronics,
Matsushita,  Motorola,  NEC,  Samsung and Toshiba.  We also compete with a large
number of corporations such as Texas Instruments,  ST  Microelectronics,  Maxim,
Analog Devices and Linear  Technology that sell competing  products into some of
the same markets that we target.  Competition  is based on design and quality of
products,  product performance,  price and service, with the relative importance
of these factors varying among products and markets.
     We cannot  assure you that we will be able to compete  successfully  in the
future against  existing or new  competitors or that our operating  results will
not be adversely  affected by increased price  competition.  We may also compete
with several of our  customers,  particularly  customers in the  networking  and
personal systems markets.

Environmental Regulations
- -------------------------
To date, our compliance with federal,  state and local laws or regulations  that
have been enacted to regulate  the  environment  has not had a material  adverse
effect on our capital expenditures, earnings, competitive or financial position.
For more information,  see Item 3, "Legal Proceedings" and Note 12, "Commitments
and Contingencies" to the Consolidated  Financial Statements in Item 8. However,
we could be  subject  to fines,  suspension  of  production,  alteration  of our
manufacturing processes or cessation of our operations if we fail to comply with
present or future statutes and regulations governing the use, storage, handling,
discharge or disposal of toxic,  volatile or otherwise  hazardous chemicals used
in our manufacturing processes.

<PAGE>
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

We conduct  manufacturing,  as well as process research and product development,
in our wafer fabrication facilities located in Arlington, Texas; South Portland,
Maine; and Greenock, Scotland. Wafer fabrication capacity utilization for fiscal
2003, based on wafer starts, was 71 percent, as production activity increased in
response to improved  business  conditions in the semiconductor  industry.  This
compares  with wafer  fabrication  capacity  utilization  for fiscal  2002 of 55
percent  when  production  activity  was  much  lower  due  to  weaker  business
conditions in the semiconductor  industry.  We expect our captive  manufacturing
capacity  and  our  third-party  subcontract  manufacturing  arrangements  to be
adequate to supply our needs in the foreseeable future.
     Our assembly and test functions are performed  primarily in Southeast Asia.
These  facilities  are  located in Melaka,  Malaysia  and Toa Payoh,  Singapore.
During the second quarter of fiscal 2003, we began  construction  of an assembly
and test facility in Suzhou,  China to expand our business  presence in the Asia
markets.  The facility is expected to be  completed  and  operational  in fiscal
2004.
     Our principal  administrative and research  facilities are located in Santa
Clara,  California.  Our regional headquarters for Worldwide Marketing and Sales
are located in Santa Clara,  California;  Munich,  Germany;  Tokyo,  Japan;  and
Kowloon, Hong Kong. We maintain local sales offices and sales service centers in
various locations and countries  throughout our four business  regions.  We also
operate small design facilities in various locations in the U.S., including:

Austin, Texas;                Irvine, California;       Rochester, New York;
Calabasas, California;        Kirkland, Washington;     Salem, New Hampshire;
Federal Way, Washington;      Longmont, Colorado;       San Diego, California;
Fort Collins, Colorado;       Nashua, New Hampshire;    Santa Clara, California;
Grass Valley, California;     Norcross, Georgia;        South Portland, Maine;
Indianapolis, Indiana;        Phoenix, Arizona;         Tucson, Arizona;

and at overseas locations including China,  Estonia,  Finland,  Germany,  India,
Israel,  Japan, the Netherlands,  Sweden,  Taiwan and the United Kingdom. We own
our  manufacturing  facilities and our corporate  headquarters.  In general,  we
lease most of our sales and administrative offices.

<PAGE>

ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We currently are a party to various  legal  proceedings,  including  those noted
below.  While management  currently  believes that the ultimate outcome of these
proceedings, individually and in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse
effect on our  financial  position or overall  trends in results of  operations,
litigation is subject to inherent  uncertainties,  and unfavorable rulings could
occur.  An  unfavorable  ruling could  include  money  damages or an  injunction
prohibiting us from selling one or more products.  Were an unfavorable ruling to
occur,  there exists the  possibility  of a material  adverse  impact on the net
income of the period in which the ruling occurs, or future periods.

Tax Matters
- -----------
The IRS is in the process of  examining  our tax  returns for fiscal  years 1997
through 2000. At the end of fiscal 2003,  there were no  outstanding  unresolved
issues with the IRS from prior audits and examinations. We are in the process of
undergoing a tax audit in the  Netherlands and from time to time our tax returns
are audited in the U.S. by state  agencies  and at  international  locations  by
local tax  authorities.  We believe we have made  adequate tax  payments  and/or
accrued adequate  amounts in our financial  statements to cover any deficiencies
the IRS or other government agencies may find in these audits.

Environmental Matters
- ---------------------
We have been named to the National  Priorities  List  (Superfund)  for our Santa
Clara,     California    site    and    we    have    completed    a    remedial
investigation/feasibility  study with the Regional Water Quality  Control Board,
which is acting as agent for the EPA. We have agreed in principle with the RWQCB
on a site  remediation  plan.  In addition to the Santa Clara site, we have been
designated from time to time as a potentially  responsible  party by federal and
state agencies for certain environmental sites with which we may have had direct
or indirect involvement. These designations are made regardless of the extent of
our  involvement.  These  claims  are in  various  stages of  administrative  or
judicial proceedings and include demands for recovery of past governmental costs
and for future  investigations  and remedial actions.  In many cases, the dollar
amounts of the claims have not been  specified and the claims have been asserted
against a number of other entities for the same cost recovery or other relief as
is sought from us. We have also  assumed  liability  for  environmental  matters
arising  from  our  former  operations  of  Dynacraft,  Inc.  and the  Fairchild
business, but we are not currently involved in any legal proceedings relating to
those liabilities.  We accrue costs associated with  environmental  matters when
they  become  probable  and  can be  reasonably  estimated.  The  amount  of all
environmental charges to earnings, including charges relating to the Santa Clara
site remediation,  excluding  potential  reimbursements from insurance coverage,
has not been material  during the last three fiscal  years.  We believe that the
potential  liability  for  environmental  matters,  if any, in excess of amounts
already  accrued in our financial  statements will not have a material effect on
our financial position or results of operations.

Other
- -----
1. In November 2000, a derivative action was filed in the U.S. District Court in
Delaware against us, Fairchild  Semiconductor  International,  Inc. and Sterling
Holding  Company,  LLC, by Mark Levy,  a Fairchild  stockholder.  The action was
brought under Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules
issued under that Act by the Securities and Exchange  Commission.  The plaintiff
seeks  disgorgement  of alleged  short-swing  insider  trading  profits.  We had
originally  acquired  Fairchild  common and preferred stock in March 1997 at the
time we disposed of the Fairchild business. Prior to its initial public offering
in August  1999,  Fairchild  had amended its  certificate  of  incorporation  to
provide that all Fairchild preferred stock would convert automatically to common
stock upon completion of the initial public offering. As a result, our shares of
preferred stock converted to common stock in August 1999.  Plaintiff has alleged
that the  acquisition  of common stock  through the  conversion  constituted  an
acquisition  that  should  be  "matched"  against  our sale in  January  2000 of
Fairchild  common stock for purposes of computing  short-swing  trading profits.
The action seeks to recover from us on behalf of Fairchild  alleged  recoverable
profits of  approximately  $14 million.  In February 2002, the judge in the case
granted the motion to dismiss  filed by us and our  co-defendants  and dismissed
the case,  ruling that the  conversion  was done pursuant to a  reclassification
which is  exempt  from the  scope  of  Section  16(b).  Plaintiff  appealed  the
dismissal of the case and upon appeal,  the U.S.  Court of Appeals for the third
circuit  reversed  the  District  Court's  dismissal.  Our  petition for a panel
rehearing  and/or  rehearing  en banc was denied by the  Appeals  Court in April
2003.  Our  motion to stay the  issuance  of the  Appeals  Court  mandate to the
District Court pending our petition to the U.S.  Supreme Court was denied in May
2003. We intend to continue to contest the case through all available means.

2. In January 1999, a class action suit was filed against us and a number of our
suppliers  in  California  Superior  Court by James  Harris and other former and
present  employees  claiming damages for personal injury.  The complaint alleges
that cancer  and/or  reproductive  harm were caused to  employees as a result of
alleged  exposure to toxic  chemicals  while working at our company.  Plaintiffs
claim to have worked at sites in Santa Clara  and/or in Greenock,  Scotland.  In
addition,  one  plaintiff  claims to  represent  a class of  children of company
employees who allegedly  sustained  developmental harm as a result of alleged in
utero  exposure to toxic  chemicals  while their mothers  worked at the company.
Although no  specific  amount of monetary  damages is claimed,  plaintiffs  seek
damages on behalf of the classes for personal injuries,  nervous shock, physical
and mental pain, fear of future illness,  medical  expenses and loss of earnings
and earnings capacity.  At the present time, the court has required the Scottish
employees to seek their  remedies in Scottish  courts.  Plaintiffs are presently
seeking to certify a medical monitoring class, which we are opposing.  Discovery
in the case is proceeding and we intend to defend this action vigorously.
<PAGE>

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

No  matters  were  submitted  to  a  vote  of  security  holders,   through  the
solicitation  of proxies or otherwise,  during the fourth  quarter of the fiscal
year covered by this report.
<PAGE>

                     EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT *


Name                       Current Title                                   Age
- ----                       -------------                                   ---

Kamal K. Aggarwal (1)     Executive Vice President, Central                 65
                          Technology and Manufacturing Group

Jean-Louis Bories (2)     Executive Vice President and General Manager,     48
                          Information Appliance Group

Lewis Chew (3)            Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief          40
                          Financial Officer

John M. Clark III (4)     Senior Vice President, General Counsel            53
                          and Secretary

Brian L. Halla (5)        Chairman of the Board, President and              56
                          Chief Executive Officer

Detlev J. Kunz (6)        Senior Vice President and General  Manager,       52
                          Worldwide Marketing and Sales

Donald Macleod (7)        Executive Vice President and Chief                54
                          Operating Officer

Suneil V. Parulekar  (8)  Senior Vice President, Analog Group               55

Ulrich Seif (9)           Senior Vice President and Chief                   45
                          Information Officer

Edward J. Sweeney (10)    Senior Vice President, Human Resources            46

*  all information as of May 25, 2003, the last day of the 2003 fiscal year.


Business Experience During Last Five Years
- ------------------------------------------
(1)  Mr.  Aggarwal  joined  National  in  November  1996 as the  Executive  Vice
     President  of the Central  Technology  and  Manufacturing  Group.  Prior to
     joining  National,  Mr.  Aggarwal  had held  positions at LSI Logic as Vice
     President,  Worldwide  Logistics and Customer  Service and Vice  President,
     Assembly and Test.

(2)  Mr. Bories joined  National in October  1997.  Prior to becoming  Executive
     Vice President and General  Manager of the  Information  Appliance Group in
     September  1999, he held  positions as Executive Vice President and General
     Manager of the Cyrix Group and as Senior Vice  President,  Core  Technology
     Group.  Prior to joining  National,  he had held  positions at LSI Logic as
     Vice  President  and  General  Manager,  ASIC  Division;   Vice  President,
     Engineering/CAD;   Director,  Advanced  Methodology;   and  Director,  500K
     Program.  Effective with the beginning of fiscal 2004, Mr. Bories was named
     Senior Vice President, Displays and Wireless.

(3)  Mr. Chew joined  National in May 1997 as Director of Internal Audit and was
     made Vice  President  and  Controller  in  December  1998 and Acting  Chief
     Financial  Officer in April 2001. Prior to joining  National,  Mr. Chew had
     been a partner  at KPMG LLP.  Mr.  Chew was named  Senior  Vice  President,
     Finance and Chief Financial Officer in June 2001.
<PAGE>

(4)  Mr.  Clark  joined  National  in May 1978.  Prior to  becoming  Senior Vice
     President,  General  Counsel  and  Secretary  in  April  1992,  he held the
     position  of  Vice  President,  Associate  General  Counsel  and  Assistant
     Secretary.

(5)  Mr. Halla joined  National in May 1996 as Chairman of the Board,  President
     and Chief Executive Officer. Prior to that, Mr. Halla held positions at LSI
     Logic  as  Executive  Vice  President,  LSI  Logic  Products;  Senior  Vice
     President and General Manager,  Microprocessor/DSP Products Group; and Vice
     President and General Manager, Microprocessor Products Group.

(6)  Mr.  Kunz joined  National in July 1981 and has held a number of  marketing
     positions  since then.  Prior to becoming Senior Vice President and General
     Manager,  Worldwide Marketing and Sales in July 2001, he had held positions
     in the company as the Regional Vice President and General Manager,  Europe;
     European   Sales  and   Distribution   Director;   Director   of   European
     Communications  and  Consumer  Product  Marketing;  and  Manager,  European
     Telecom Business Center.

(7)  Mr. Macleod joined  National in February 1978 and was named  Executive Vice
     President and Chief Operating  Officer in April 2001. Prior to that, he had
     been Executive Vice President,  Finance and Chief  Financial  Officer since
     June 1995 and had  previously  held  positions  as Senior  Vice  President,
     Finance and Chief  Financial  Officer;  Vice  President,  Finance and Chief
     Financial Officer; Vice President,  Financial Projects;  Vice President and
     General  Manager,  Volume  Products - Europe;  and  Director of Finance and
     Management Services - Europe.

(8)  Mr.  Parulekar  joined  National in January 1989.  Prior to becoming Senior
     Vice  President,  Analog Products Group in April 2001, he held positions as
     Vice   President,   Amplifier/Audio   Products;   Product  Line   Director,
     Amplifier/Audio Products; Director of Marketing,  Mediamatics;  Director of
     Strategy,  Communications  and Consumer  Group;  and Director of Marketing,
     Power Management Group.

(9)  Mr. Seif first  joined  National  in January  1980 and had held a number of
     positions  in MIS  related  operations  when he left the company in 1996 to
     become the Chief  Information  Officer and Vice  President  of  Information
     Services at Cirrus Logic.  He returned to National in May 1997 as the Chief
     Information Officer and Vice President of Information Services and was made
     Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer in April 2001.

(10) Mr. Sweeney first joined National in February 1983 and had held a number of
     human  resources  positions  and  was  serving  as  Vice  President,  Human
     Resources for the Central  Technology and Manufacturing  Group when he left
     the  company in 1998 to become the Vice  President  of Human  Resources  at
     Candescent Technologies Corporation.  He later became the Vice President of
     Human Resources at Vitria  Technology Inc. Mr. Sweeney rejoined National in
     May 2002 as Senior Vice President, Human Resources.

     Executive  officers serve at the pleasure of our Board of Directors.  There
is no family relationship among any of our directors and executive officers.

<PAGE>

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON STOCK AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

     See  information  appearing  in Note 9,  Shareholders'  Equity and Note 15,
Financial  Information by Quarter  (Unaudited) in the Notes to the  Consolidated
Financial  Statements  included in Item 8. Our common stock is traded on the New
York Stock Exchange and the Pacific Exchange.  Market price range data are based
on the New York Stock  Exchange  Composite  Tape.  Market price per share at the
close of business on July 11, 2003 was $22.52.  At July 11, 2003,  the number of
record holders of our common stock was 7,831.
     During  the past  three  fiscal  years,  we have not sold any  unregistered
securities.

     The following table summarizes share and exercise price  information  about
our equity compensation plans as of May 25, 2003.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                                           Number of Securities
                                         Number of Securities      Weighted Average       Remaining Available For
                                           To Be Issued Upon      Exercise Price of    Future Issuance Under Equity
            Plan Category                     Exercise of            Outstanding            Compensation Plans
                                         Outstanding Options,     Options, Warrants        (excluding securities
                                         Warrants, and Rights         and Rights         reflected in column (a))
                                        (a)                      (b)                   (c)
                                        ------------------------ --------------------- ------------------------------
<S>                                     <C>                      <C>                   <C>

Equity Compensation plans approved by
Shareholders:
      Option Plans (1)                         12,967,271                     $26.07                       3,141,343
      Employee Stock Purchase Plans                     -                          -                       5,206,961
      Director Stock Plan                               -                          -                          95,824
Equity Compensation plans not
approved by Shareholders:
      Option Plans (2)                         33,541,463                     $27.51                      26,668,095
      Restricted Stock Plan                             -                          -                       1,049,917
                                        --- -------------- ----- --------------------- ------------- ----------------
Total                                          46,508,734                                                 38,162,140
                                        === ============== ===== ===================== ============= ================
</TABLE>


     (1) Includes options issued under the Stock Option Plan,  Executive Officer
Stock Option Plan and Director Stock Option Plan.
     (2) Includes  options  issued under the 1997  Employees  Stock Option Plan,
options  assumed in the  Mediamatics,  Cyrix and ComCore  acquisitions,  options
granted to our former chairman upon his  retirement,  and options issued as part
of the consideration paid for DigitalQuake.
     The 1997 Employees Stock Option Plan provides for the grant of nonqualified
stock  options to  employees  who are not  executive  officers  of the  company.
Options are granted at market  price on the date of grant and can expire up to a
maximum of ten years and one day after grant or three months  after  termination
of employment (up to five years after  termination  due to death,  disability or
retirement),  whichever occurs first. Options can vest after six months but most
granted  through the end of fiscal 2003 begin vesting after one year and ratably
thereafter.  At the end of fiscal 2003, there were 33,108,247 shares outstanding
under this plan with a weighted-average exercise price of $27.58.
     Options assumed in acquisitions:
     We assumed Cyrix's  outstanding  obligations under its 1988 incentive stock
plan in our  acquisition  of Cyrix in 1997.  Each  option  under the Cyrix  plan
converted into the right or option to purchase 0.825 shares of our common stock,
and the exercise  price was adjusted  accordingly.  These options expire up to a
maximum of ten years after grant, subject to earlier expiration upon termination
of  employment.  No more options  have been or will be granted  under this Cyrix
plan. At the end of fiscal 2003,  there were Cyrix  options to purchase  158,638
shares remaining outstanding with a weighted-average exercise price of $22.90.
<PAGE>

     We assumed Mediamatics' and ComCore's  outstanding  obligations under their
stock  option  plans  and stock  option  agreements  with  their  employees  and
consultants  when we acquired  Mediamatics  in fiscal 1997 and ComCore in fiscal
1998.  Each optionee under these plans received an option for equivalent  shares
of our  common  stock  based  on  the  exchange  rate  used  in  the  applicable
acquisition agreements.  These options expire up to a maximum of ten years after
the date of grant, subject to earlier expiration upon termination of employment.
No more  options have been or will be granted  under these plans.  At the end of
fiscal 2003, options to purchase 2,883 shares with a  weighted-average  exercise
price of $2.85  were  outstanding  under the  Mediamatics  plans and  options to
purchase  997  shares  with a  weighted  average  exercise  price of $0.50  were
outstanding under the ComCore plan.

OTHER EQUITY  COMPENSATION  PLANS: The option granted to our former chairman was
granted in 1995 upon his retirement after more than twenty years of service. The
option was granted at $27.875 per share,  the market price on the date of grant,
expires ten years and one day after grant, and became exercisable ratably over a
four-year  period.  At the end of fiscal  2003,  there were  options to purchase
140,000 shares outstanding under this grant.
     In connection with the DigitalQuake  acquisition in fiscal 2003, we granted
options for 130,698 shares to five founding shareholders of DigitalQuake.  These
options  were  granted  at the  market  price on the date of  grant  and  become
exercisable  in two  equal  installments,  one and two  years  after the date of
grant.  The option gives the  DigitalQuake  founding  shareholders  the right to
receive all or a portion of their  installment  payments of the  purchase  price
paid for  DigitalQuake  in cash or  stock,  subject  to  remaining  employed  by
National.
     Our  Restricted  Stock Plan  authorizes  issuance  of  restricted  stock to
employees who are not officers of the company.  The plan has been made available
to a limited group of employees with technical expertise considered important to
the company.  The restrictions  expire over time,  ranging from two to six years
after issuance.

<PAGE>

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The  following  selected  financial  information  has been  derived from audited
consolidated  financial  statements.  The  information  set  forth  below is not
necessarily  indicative  of results of future  operations  and should be read in
conjunction with  "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition
and Results of Operations" in Item 7 and the consolidated  financial  statements
and related notes thereto in Item 8.
<TABLE>

                        FIVE-YEAR SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
<CAPTION>

Years Ended
In Millions, Except Per Share Amounts and                 May 25,     May 26,     May 27,      May 28,     May 30,
      Employee Figures                                    2003        2002        2001         2000        1999
                                                          ----------- ----------- ------------ ----------- ------------
<S>                                                       <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>

OPERATING RESULTS
Net sales                                                  $1,672.5    $1,494.8    $2,112.6     $2,139.9     $1,956.8
Operating costs and expenses                                1,697.0     1,652.6     1,887.3      1,795.1      3,040.6
                                                          ----------- ----------- ------------ ----------- ------------
Operating income (loss)                                       (24.5)     (157.8)      225.3        344.8     (1,083.8)
Interest income (expense), net                                 14.1        21.3        52.0         15.3         (2.2)
Other income (expense), net                                   (12.9)       13.1        29.8        275.2          0.6
                                                          ----------- ----------- ------------ ----------- ------------
Income (loss) before income taxes                             (23.3)     (123.4)      307.1        635.3     (1,085.4)

Income tax expense (benefit)                                   10.0        (1.5)       61.4         14.5        (75.5)
                                                          =========== =========== ============ =========== ============
Net income (loss)                                          $  (33.3)  $  (121.9)     $245.7       $620.8    $(1,009.9)
                                                          =========== =========== ============ =========== ============

Earnings (loss) per share:
      Basic                                                   $(0.18)     $(0.69)      $1.40        $3.58       $(6.04)
                                                          =========== =========== ============ =========== ============
      Diluted                                                 $(0.18)     $(0.69)      $1.30        $3.24       $(6.04)
                                                          =========== =========== ============ =========== ============

Weighted-average common and potential common
    shares outstanding:
      Basic                                                   181.8       177.5       175.9        173.6        167.1
                                                          =========== =========== ============ =========== ============
      Diluted                                                 181.8       177.5       188.4        191.7        167.1
                                                          =========== =========== ============ =========== ============

FINANCIAL POSITION AT YEAR-END
Working capital                                          $  913.8     $  804.3     $  803.2     $  791.1     $  324.2
Total assets                                             $2,244.6     $2,288.8     $2,362.3     $2,382.2     $2,044.3
Long-term debt                                           $   19.9     $   20.4     $   26.2     $   48.6     $  416.3
Total debt                                               $   22.2     $   25.9     $   55.6     $   80.0     $  465.6
Shareholders' equity                                     $1,706.0     $1,781.1     $1,767.9     $1,643.3     $  900.8
- -------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ------------ ------------ ------------ -----------
OTHER DATA
Research and development                                 $   435.6    $  441.0     $  435.6     $  386.1     $  471.3
Capital additions                                        $   171.3    $  138.0     $  239.5     $  168.7     $  317.5
Number of employees (in thousands)                             9.8        10.1         10.3         10.5         11.6
- -------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ------------ ------------ ------------ -----------
</TABLE>

We did not pay cash dividends on our common stock in any of the years  presented
above.

<PAGE>


ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S  DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
OF OPERATIONS

The following  discussion  should be read in conjunction  with the  consolidated
financial statements and notes thereto:

o    Critical Accounting Policies
- ---------------------------------
We believe the following  critical  accounting  policies are those policies that
have a significant  effect on the  determination  of our financial  position and
results of operations. These policies also require us to make our most difficult
and subjective judgments:

a)   Revenue Recognition
     We recognize revenue from the sale of semiconductor products upon shipment,
     provided title and risk of loss have passed to the customer,  the amount is
     fixed or determinable and collection of the revenue is reasonably  assured.
     Service  revenues  are  recognized  as  the  services  are  provided  or as
     milestones  are  achieved,  depending on the terms of the  arrangement.  We
     record a provision  for estimated  future  returns at the time of shipment.
     Approximately  50  percent  of our  semiconductor  product  sales  are made
     through  distributors.  We have agreements with our distributors that cover
     various  programs,  including pricing  adjustments based on resales,  scrap
     allowances  and  volume  incentives.   The  revenue  we  record  for  these
     distribution sales is net of estimated provisions for these programs.  When
     determining  this  net  distribution  revenue,  we  must  make  significant
     judgments and estimates. Our estimates are based upon historical experience
     rates,  inventory  levels in the  distribution  channel,  current  economic
     trends, and other related factors.  To date, the actual distributor returns
     activity has been  materially  consistent  with the provisions we have made
     based  on our  estimates.  However,  because  of  the  inherent  nature  of
     estimates,  there  is  always  a  risk  that  there  could  be  significant
     differences  between  actual  amounts  and  our  estimates.  Our  financial
     condition  and  operating  results  are  dependent  on our  ability to make
     reliable  estimates  and we  believe  that our  estimates  are  reasonable.
     However,  different  judgments or estimates  could result in variances that
     might be significant to reported operating results.
          Intellectual property income is not classified as revenue. This income
     is classified as non-operating income and is recognized when the license is
     delivered,  the fee is  fixed  or  determinable,  collection  of the fee is
     reasonably assured and no further obligations to the other party exist.

b)   Inventories
     Inventories  are stated at the lower of standard cost,  which  approximates
     actual  cost on a  first-in,  first-out  basis,  or  market.  We reduce the
     carrying  value of inventory for  estimated  obsolescence  or  unmarketable
     inventory  by an amount  that is the  difference  between  its cost and the
     estimated  market  value based upon  assumptions  about  future  demand and
     market conditions.  Our products are classified as either custom, which are
     those   products   manufactured   with   customer-specified   features   or
     characteristics,  or non-custom,  which are those products that do not have
     customer-specified features or characteristics. We evaluate obsolescence by
     analyzing the inventory aging,  order backlog and future customer demand on
     an individual  product  basis.  If actual  demand were to be  substantially
     lower  than  what we have  estimated,  we may be  required  to  write  down
     inventory below the current carrying value.  While our estimates require us
     to make significant  judgments and assumptions  regarding future events, we
     believe  our   relationships   with  our   customers,   combined  with  our
     understanding  of the end-markets we serve,  provide us with the ability to
     make  reliable  estimates.  To  date  the  actual  amount  of  obsolete  or
     unmarketable  inventory  has been  materially  consistent  with  previously
     estimated write-downs we have recorded. We also evaluate the carrying value
     of inventory for  lower-of-cost-or-market  on an individual  product basis,
     and these  evaluations are intended to identify any difference  between net
     realizable  value and standard cost. Net realizable  value is determined as
     the selling price of the product less the estimated cost of disposal.  When
     necessary,  we reduce the carrying  value of  inventory  to net  realizable
     value. If actual market  conditions and resulting  product sales were to be
     less  favorable  than  what  we  have   projected,   additional   inventory
     write-downs may be required.
<PAGE>
c)   Impairment of Goodwill, Intangible Assets and Other Long-lived Assets

     We assess the impairment of long-lived assets whenever events or changes in
     circumstances  indicate that their  carrying  value may not be  recoverable
     from the estimated  future cash flows expected to result from their use and
     eventual  disposition.  Our long-lived  assets  subject to this  evaluation
     include property, plant and equipment and amortizable intangible assets. We
     assess the impairment of goodwill annually in our fourth fiscal quarter and
     whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that it is more likely
     than not that an impairment loss has been incurred. Intangible assets other
     than  goodwill are reviewed for  impairment  whenever  events or changes in
     circumstances   indicate   that  the  carrying   value  may  not  be  fully
     recoverable.  Other  intangible  assets subject to this evaluation  include
     developed technology we have acquired,  patents and technology licenses. We
     are required to make judgments and assumptions in identifying  those events
     or  changes  in  circumstances  that may  trigger  impairment.  Some of the
     factors we consider include:

     o    Significant decrease in the market value of an asset
     o    Significant  changes  in the  extent or manner  for which the asset is
          being used or in its physical condition
     o    A  significant  change,  delay or departure  in our business  strategy
          related to the asset
     o    Significant  negative  changes in the  business  climate,  industry or
          economic conditions
     o    Current period  operating losses or negative cash flow combined with a
          history of  similar  losses or a forecast  that  indicates  continuing
          losses associated with the use of an asset

          In  view  of the  generally  weak  current  economic  climate,  we are
     periodically evaluating whether an impairment of our amortizable intangible
     assets and other long-lived assets has occurred. Our evaluation includes an
     analysis of estimated  future  undiscounted  net cash flows  expected to be
     generated by the assets over their remaining estimated useful lives. If the
     estimated  future  undiscounted  net cash flows are insufficient to recover
     the carrying value of the assets over the remaining estimated useful lives,
     we will record an impairment loss in the amount by which the carrying value
     of the assets  exceeds the fair  value.  We  determine  fair value based on
     discounted  cash flows  using a discount  rate  commensurate  with the risk
     inherent in our current business model. If, as a result of our analysis, we
     determine that our amortizable intangible assets or other long-lived assets
     have been impaired,  we will recognize an impairment  loss in the period in
     which the impairment is  determined.  Any such  impairment  charge could be
     significant  and could  have a  material  adverse  effect on our  financial
     position and results of  operations.  Major factors that influence our cash
     flow analysis are our estimates for future revenue and expenses  associated
     with the use of the asset.  Different  estimates  could have a  significant
     impact on the results of our evaluation.
          We performed our annual  review for goodwill  impairment in the fourth
     quarter of fiscal 2003 and tested for goodwill impairment in each reporting
     unit that contains  goodwill.  We also  performed  additional  tests of our
     wireless reporting unit in February 2003 when we announced our intention to
     sell  our  cellular  baseband  business  unit  and  in  May  2003  when  we
     subsequently  announced the immediate  closure of that business  unit.  The
     cellular baseband business unit was a part of the wireless  reporting unit.
     Our tests found that no impairment existed.  Our impairment review is based
     on comparing the fair value to the carrying  value of the  reporting  units
     with  goodwill.  The fair  value of a  reporting  unit is  measured  at the
     business unit level using a discounted cash flow approach that incorporates
     our  estimates  of future  revenues  and costs  for those  business  units.
     Reporting  units  with  goodwill  include  our  wireless,  displays,  power
     management and data conversion business units, which are operating segments
     within  our  Analog  reportable  segment,  and  our  Enterprise  Networking
     reporting unit, which is a reportable segment. Our estimates are consistent
     with the plans and  estimates  that we are using to manage  the  underlying
     businesses. If we fail to deliver new products for these business units, or
     if the  products  fail  to  gain  expected  market  acceptance,  or  market
     conditions  for these  businesses  fail to  improve,  our  revenue and cost
     forecasts  may  not be  achieved  and we may  incur  charges  for  goodwill
     impairment,  which could be significant  and could have a material  adverse
     effect on our net equity and results of operations.

d)   Deferred Income Taxes
     We determine  deferred tax liabilities and assets at the end of each period
     based  on  the  future  tax  consequences  that  can be  attributed  to net
     operating loss and credit carryovers and differences  between the financial
     statement  carrying  amounts of existing  assets and  liabilities and their
     respective tax bases,  using the tax rate expected to be in effect when the
     taxes are  actually  paid or  recovered.  The  recognition  of deferred tax
     assets is reduced by a  valuation  allowance  if it is more likely than not
     that the tax benefits  will not be realized.  The ultimate  realization  of
     deferred tax assets  depends upon the  generation of future  taxable income
     during the periods in which those temporary  differences become deductible.

<PAGE>

     We consider past  performance,  expected  future taxable income and prudent
     and  feasible  tax  planning  strategies  in  assessing  the  amount of the
     valuation  allowance.  Our forecast of expected  future  taxable  income is
     based over such future periods that we believe can be reasonably estimated.
     Changes  in market  conditions  that  differ  materially  from our  current
     expectations   and  changes  in  future  tax  laws  in  the  U.S.   and  in
     international jurisdictions may cause us to change our judgements of future
     taxable  income.  These  changes,  if any,  may  require  us to adjust  our
     existing tax  valuation  allowance  higher or lower than the amount we have
     recorded.

o    Overview
- -------------
During  fiscal 2003, we began a series of strategic  profit-improvement  actions
designed  to  increase  our  return  on  investments  and  streamline  our  cost
structure.  Our main  focus is on analog  products  and  leveraging  our analog
strengths and R&D spending on key growth markets utilizing analog products.  The
main actions  taken  during the year were the closure of the  cellular  baseband
business  within  our  Wireless  business  unit  and the  decision  to sell  our
Information  Appliance business unit, consisting primarily of the GeodeTM family
of processor  products.  The discussion  below includes  historical  information
which does not completely reflect our current strategic positioning and focus.
     We recorded net sales of $1.7 billion in fiscal 2003. This compares to $1.5
billion in fiscal 2002 and $2.1  billion in fiscal  2001.  The increase in sales
for fiscal 2003 over sales for fiscal 2002 came from higher demand, particularly
from customers in our wireless  handset market,  one of our target  markets,  as
business  conditions for the semiconductor  industry have slowly improved from a
year ago,  although general market and worldwide  economic  conditions have been
essentially flat.
     The  decline in sales for fiscal  2002 from sales for fiscal 2001 came from
lower demand seen broadly across  semiconductor  markets, as business conditions
in the semiconductor industry remained weak throughout fiscal 2002. In contrast,
market  conditions  were very strong in the first half of fiscal 2001, but as we
entered  into  the  second  half  of  fiscal  2001,  market  conditions  for the
semiconductor industry quickly weakened.
     In fiscal 2003, we recorded a net loss of $33.3 million. This compares to a
net loss of $121.9  million in fiscal  2002 and net income of $245.7  million in
fiscal 2001. The  improvement in our operating  results for fiscal 2003 compared
to fiscal 2002 was primarily  driven by increased  sales as business  conditions
for the  semiconductor  industry  have  slowly  improved  since last  year.  Our
operating results for fiscal 2002 were primarily  affected by lower sales caused
by the overall economic slowdown experienced in fiscal 2002.
     The net loss for fiscal 2003 includes $44.3 million of special  items.  The
special items  include $0.7 million for  in-process  R&D charges  related to the
acquisition  in  the  second  quarter  of  DigitalQuake   (See  Note  4  to  the
Consolidated  Financial Statements) and a net charge of $43.6 million related to
cost reduction  actions (See Note 3 to the Consolidated  Financial  Statements).
The  cost  reduction  actions  were  taken  as  part  of  our  strategic  profit
improvement  actions. The fiscal 2003 net loss also has $13.8 million of charges
included in R&D  expenses  for the  writedown of  technology  licenses  (See the
Research and Development section below).
     The net loss for fiscal 2002  included $9.3 million of special  items.  The
special items included $1.3 million for  in-process  R&D charges  related to the
acquisitions of Fincitec Oy, ARSmikro OU and Wireless  Solutions  Sweden AB (See
Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements).  Special items also included a
net charge of $8.0 million related to cost reduction  actions (See Note 3 to the
Consolidated Financial Statements).  Net income for fiscal 2001 included special
items of $51.9 million,  which included $16.2 million for in-process R&D charges
related  to  acquisitions  during  the  year  (See  Note 4 to  the  Consolidated
Financial  Statements) and a $35.7 million net charge for cost reduction actions
(See Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements).

o        Sales
- --------------
The  following   discussion  includes  comments  pertaining  to  our  reportable
segments,  which  are  described  in  Note  13  to  the  Consolidated  Financial
Statements.
     The  increase in sales for fiscal 2003 over sales for fiscal 2002 came from
higher unit volume  throughout  the year, up 29 percent from the previous  year.
This unit volume  increase was partially  offset by lower average selling prices
that were down 13 percent from the previous  year,  as we saw a shift in product
mix toward lower priced  products,  combined  with some price  declines.  We are
encouraged by the sales increase which occurred during an environment of overall
flat economic conditions and the SARS outbreak.
<PAGE>
     The  Analog  segment,  which  represents  77  percent  of our total  sales,
experienced  an  increase  in sales of 15 percent for fiscal 2003 over sales for
fiscal 2002.  The increase came  primarily  from higher volume as unit shipments
increased 30 percent from last year. However, average selling prices declined 11
percent from last year, due to a shift in unit mix toward lower priced  products
and some modest  price  declines.  A  significant  portion of these lower priced
products  were a variety of high  performance  analog  products  offered in very
small form factors, made possible by our advanced  chip-packaging  technologies.
Although  these products may be relatively  lower in price,  their gross margins
are  relatively  higher  within our  portfolio  of  products.  Within the Analog
segment,  sales of audio,  power management and amplifier  products increased in
fiscal 2003 by 41 percent, 45 percent and 23 percent,  respectively,  from sales
in fiscal 2002. Products for wireless handsets largely drove the sales growth in
power management  products.  Sales of  application-specific  wireless  products,
primarily radio frequency building blocks, were flat year on year.
     Sales for fiscal 2003 for the  Information  Appliance  segment  increased 6
percent from sales for fiscal 2002.  The increase  came from a higher  volume of
GeodeTM  integrated  processor products and integrated DVD products that rose 57
percent from the previous year.  Average selling prices declined 19 percent from
last year for both GeodeTM and  integrated  DVD  products.  The GeodeTM  product
family is the primary  component of the  Information  Appliance  business we are
seeking to sell (See Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements).
     For fiscal 2003,  sales  increased in all  geographic  regions  compared to
sales for fiscal 2002. The increases were 28 percent in Japan, 17 percent in the
Asia Pacific  region,  5 percent in Europe and 3 percent in the Americas.  Sales
for fiscal 2003 as a percentage  of total sales  increased to 46 percent for the
Asia Pacific region and 11 percent in Japan,  while  decreasing to 23 percent in
the Americas and 20 percent in Europe.  We have found that many of our customers
have  manufacturing  operations  in the Asia  Pacific  region  that  make  their
purchases in the Asia  Pacific  region,  leading to sales  increases in the Asia
Pacific   region  with   decreases   in  the   Americas   and  Europe.   Foreign
currency-denominated  sales in fiscal  2003 were  favorably  affected by foreign
currency exchange rate fluctuations as the Japanese yen, pound sterling and euro
all strengthened against the dollar, but the impact on overall fiscal 2003 sales
was  minimal  since less than a quarter of our total  sales was  denominated  in
foreign currency.
     Our sales for  fiscal  2002  declined  significantly  from sales for fiscal
2001, as market conditions for the semiconductor industry remained weak compared
to fiscal 2001.  Although we saw a slight  increase in unit volume in the second
half of fiscal 2002,  the sales  decline for the year was  primarily  due to the
decreased  shipment volume.  Lower average selling prices were also a factor, as
we saw a shift in product mix toward lower priced products and took some pricing
actions to gain increased market share in target areas.
     The Analog  segment,  which  represented  75 percent of our total sales for
fiscal 2002,  experienced a decline in sales of 26 percent from sales for fiscal
2001. The decline in fiscal 2002 was due to a drop in unit volume  together with
decreases in average  selling  prices.  Average  selling prices were down due to
shifts  in  product  mix as well as some  decline  in  prices,  particularly  on
multisource products, which tend to be viewed as commodity products.  Within the
Analog segment, sales of application-specific wireless products, including radio
frequency  building blocks,  declined in fiscal 2002 by 36 percent from sales in
fiscal 2001. In the broad-based  analog markets,  sales of power  management and
amplifier products were also down in fiscal 2002 from sales in fiscal 2001 by 33
percent and 30 percent,  respectively.  Only sales of display products increased
in fiscal 2002. Those sales increased by 6 percent over sales in fiscal 2001, as
a large  increase in unit volume more than offset  decreases in average  selling
prices.
     Sales for fiscal 2002 for the Information  Appliances  segment  declined 12
percent from sales for fiscal 2001.  The decline was  primarily  driven by lower
unit volume,  as average selling prices  increased  slightly.  The  year-to-year
slowdown  in  demand  for  personal  computers  and  PC-related  products  was a
significant cause of the decline in sales for the Information  Appliance segment
in fiscal 2002 since many of our information  appliance products are used in the
PC  marketplace.  In  addition,  the market  adoption  of  emerging  information
appliances that are not PCs was slower than expected.
     For fiscal 2002, sales declined in all geographic regions compared to sales
for fiscal 2001.  The decreases  were 46 percent in the Americas,  40 percent in
Europe, 32 percent in Japan and 2 percent in the Asia Pacific region.  Sales for
fiscal 2002 as a percentage of total sales  increased to 44 percent for the Asia
Pacific region, while decreasing to 25 percent in the Americas and 21 percent in
Europe.  Sales as a  percentage  of total  sales  held at 10  percent  in Japan.
Foreign  currency-denominated  sales in fiscal 2002 were unfavorably affected by
foreign currency  exchange rate fluctuations as the Japanese yen, pound sterling
and euro all  weakened  against the dollar,  but once again the impact from this
was  minimal  since less than a quarter of our total  sales for fiscal  2002 was
denominated in foreign currency.

o    Gross Margin
- -----------------
Gross margin as a percentage  of sales was 43 percent in fiscal 2003 compared to
37 percent in fiscal 2002 and 49 percent in fiscal  2001.  The increase in gross
margin for fiscal 2003 over fiscal 2002 was primarily  driven by higher  factory
utilization.  Wafer fabrication  capacity  utilization during fiscal 2003 was 71
percent, compared to 55 percent in fiscal 2002 when production activity was much
lower due to weaker business conditions.  Improvement in overall product mix and
lower  manufacturing  costs in fiscal 2003 also offset an unfavorable  impact on
gross margin of actual price declines on selected products.
<PAGE>
     The decline in gross margin for fiscal 2002 from fiscal 2001 was  primarily
driven by lower factory  utilization.  Wafer  fabrication  capacity  utilization
during  fiscal  2002  was  55  percent,   as  production  activity  was  reduced
considerably  by  weakened  business   conditions.   This  compares  with  wafer
fabrication  capacity  utilization  for fiscal 2001 of 69 percent when  business
conditions  were much  stronger,  particularly  in the first  half of the fiscal
year. We also saw lower margins from some products in fiscal 2002, caused mostly
by a shift in product sales mix and to a lesser extent by pricing pressure.

o    Research and Development
- -----------------------------
Our research and development  expenses in fiscal 2003 were $435.6 million, or 26
percent of sales,  compared to $441.0  million in fiscal 2002,  or 30 percent of
sales, and $435.6 million in fiscal 2001, or 21 percent of sales.  These amounts
exclude  in-process R&D charges of $0.7 million in fiscal 2003,  $1.3 million in
fiscal 2002 and $16.2 million in fiscal 2001 related to acquisitions (see Note 4
to the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements).  The  in-process  R&D  charges are
separately  included  as a  component  of  special  items  in  the  consolidated
statements  of  operations.  R&D  expenses  for fiscal 2003 also  include  $13.8
million of charges for the writedown of technology licenses. Of this total, $5.0
million came from the  technology  license  with TSMC that was impaired  when we
restructured  the  agreement and entered into a new agreement to use TSMC as our
supplier of wafers for products with feature sizes of 0.15-micron  and below. In
addition,  we reached alternative  arrangements with two other R&D partners that
led to the impairment of additional  technology  licenses for the remaining $8.8
million charge. Excluding these charges, R&D expenses for fiscal 2003 were lower
by 4 percent from R&D expenses for fiscal 2002.  The lower R&D expenses  reflect
our effort to control the level of expenditures  and prioritize  spending toward
more critical projects, as we focus our R&D spending on analog products.  During
fiscal  2003,  we  devoted 79 percent  of our R&D  effort  towards  new  product
development  and 21 percent  towards  the  development  of process  and  support
technology.  Compared to fiscal 2002, this represents a one percent  increase in
spending for new product  development and an 11 percent decrease in spending for
process and support technology.  We continue to invest in the development of new
analog  and  mixed-signal  technology-based  products  for  applications  in the
wireless   handsets,   displays,   other   portable   devices  and   information
infrastructure markets.
     Higher R&D  expenses in fiscal 2002 over fiscal 2001  resulted  mainly from
higher fees paid under the  license  agreement  with TSMC that was  subsequently
restructured in fiscal 2003. The agreement,  which began in fiscal 2001, allowed
us to gain  access  to a  variety  of TSMC's  subsequently  advanced  sub-micron
processes if and when those  processes  were  developed by TSMC,  for use in our
Maine facility as we desired.

o    Selling, General and Administrative
- ----------------------------------------
Our  selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses in fiscal 2003 were $270.3
million,  or 16 percent of sales,  compared to $260.9 million in fiscal 2002, or
18 percent of sales,  and $324.7 million in fiscal 2001, or 15 percent of sales.
The overall  increase in SG&A  expenses for fiscal 2003 over expenses for fiscal
2002 was  mainly  due to higher  payroll  and  employee  benefit  expenses.  The
expenses  for fiscal 2003 also reflect  higher  expenses  from foreign  currency
remeasurement  losses of $3.5  million  compared  to a $0.2  million net gain in
fiscal 2002.
     The  decline in SG&A  expenses  for fiscal  2002 from the fiscal 2001 level
reflects actions that we implemented in the second half of fiscal 2001 to reduce
our  spending in response to weakened  business  conditions,  combined  with our
efforts to  further  control  spending  as  business  conditions  remained  weak
throughout  fiscal 2002.  These  actions  reduced  payroll and employee  benefit
expenses,  as well as discretionary  selling and marketing program expenses.  In
addition,  the  fiscal  2001 SG&A  expenses  included  a $20.5  million  expense
associated with a charitable  donation of equity  securities  given to establish
the  National  Semiconductor  Foundation.  The fiscal  2001 SG&A  expenses  also
included  goodwill  amortization of $13.0 million.  We no longer record goodwill
amortization  since  adopting  SFAS No.  142,  "Goodwill  and  Other  Intangible
Assets," at the beginning of fiscal 2002.

o    Cost-Reduction Programs and Restructuring of Operations
- ------------------------------------------------------------
For fiscal 2003, we recorded  charges of $45.7 million  related to the series of
strategic  profit-improvement  actions that we announced in February 2003. These
actions,  which were targeted at saving  approximately  $30 million per quarter,
are designed to streamline our cost structure and enhance  shareholder  value by
prioritizing R&D spending on higher-margin analog businesses.  We also completed
certain  activities  by the end of the fiscal year that reduced our estimate for
an  environmental  liability  for costs  related to a prior exit  action,  which
resulted in a credit of $2.1 million.  The credit  partially  offset the charges
for the  fiscal  2003 cost  reduction  actions.  See Note 3 to the  Consolidated
Financial Statements for a more complete discussion of these actions and related
charges,  as well as a  discussion  of activity  during  fiscal 2003  related to
previously announced actions.

o    Charge for Acquired In-Process Research and Development
- ------------------------------------------------------------
In connection with our acquisition during fiscal 2003 of DigitalQuake,  Inc., we
allocated  $0.7 million of the total  purchase  price to the value of in-process
R&D. In  connection  with our  acquisitions  during  fiscal 2002 of the combined
companies of Fincitec Oy and ARSmikro OU, and  separately of Wireless  Solutions
Sweden AB, $0.2  million and $1.1 million of the total  purchase  price for each
acquisition  were  respectively  allocated  to the value of  in-process  R&D. In
connection with our acquisitions  during fiscal 2001 of Vivid  Semiconductor and
innoComm  Wireless,  $4.1 million and $12.1 million of the total  purchase price
for each acquisition were respectively allocated to the value of in-process R&D.
These amounts were expensed upon acquisition because  technological  feasibility
had not been established and no alternative  uses existed for the  technologies.
For  more  specific  information  on  each  acquisition,   see  Note  4  to  the
Consolidated Financial Statements.
     For each  acquisition,  the fair value of the  in-process  R&D was based on
discounted  projected  net cash flows  expected to be derived  after  successful
completion  of  existing  R&D  projects.  Estimates  of future  cash  flows from
revenues were based primarily on market growth assumptions,  lives of underlying
technologies and our expected share of the estimated total market.  Gross profit
projections  were based on our  experience  with  products  that were similar in
nature or products  sold into markets with  similar  characteristics.  Estimated
operating  expenses,  income taxes and capital  charges were deducted from gross
profit to  determine  net  operating  income for the  in-process  R&D  projects.
Operating  expenses were estimated as a percentage of revenue and included sales
and marketing  expenses and development costs to maintain the technology once it
has achieved technological feasibility.  We discounted the net cash flows of the
in-process R&D projects using probable adjusted discount rates that approximated
the overall rate of return for each  acquisition  as a whole and  reflected  the
inherent uncertainties surrounding the development of in-process R&D projects.
<PAGE>

o    Interest Income and Interest Expense
- -----------------------------------------
For fiscal 2003,  we earned net  interest  income of $14.1  million  compared to
$21.3 million in fiscal 2002 and $52.0  million in fiscal 2001.  The decrease in
net interest  income for fiscal 2003 was due to lower average  interest rates on
higher  average  cash  balances  during  fiscal 2003  compared  to fiscal  2002.
Offsetting  interest  expense was slightly lower for fiscal 2003 as we continued
to reduce our outstanding debt balances. The decrease in net interest income for
fiscal 2002 compared to fiscal 2001 was due to lower average  interest  rates on
lower  average  cash  balances  during  fiscal  2002  compared  to fiscal  2001.
Offsetting interest expense was slightly lower for fiscal 2002 as we reduced our
outstanding debt balances.

o    Other Income (Expense), Net
- --------------------------------
We  recorded  other  expense,  net of $12.9  million  for fiscal  2003 and other
income,  net of $13.1 million for fiscal 2002 and $29.8 million for fiscal 2001.
The  components of other  expense,  net for fiscal 2003 included $6.8 million of
net intellectual property income, which was offset by a $15.9 million charge for
our share in net losses of  equity-method  investments,  a $1.6 million net loss
from other investments,  and $2.2 million from other  miscellaneous  losses. Net
intellectual property income for fiscal 2003 included $3.9 million from a single
significant  licensing agreement with a North American company and the remainder
from a number of individually small agreements.  The components of other income,
net for fiscal 2002 included $11.6 million of net intellectual  property income,
a $9.4 million net gain from investments, a $7.3 million charge for our share in
net  losses  of   equity-method   investments   and  $0.6   million  from  other
miscellaneous  losses. Net intellectual property income for fiscal 2002 included
a gain of $8.3 million from the settlement of a patent infringement lawsuit. The
remaining  intellectual  property income was from a number of individually small
agreements.  Other income, net for fiscal 2001 included a $30.6 million net gain
from  investments,  $6.3 million of net  intellectual  property  income,  a $3.6
million charge for our share in net losses of equity-method  investment and $3.5
million  from other  miscellaneous  losses.  The net gain from  investments  for
fiscal 2001  included a gain of $20.5  million from the  distribution  of equity
securities  that were part of our  investment  portfolio,  which we  donated  to
establish the National Semiconductor  Foundation. An expense for the same amount
associated  with the donation was included in SG&A expenses for fiscal 2001. Net
intellectual property income for fiscal 2001 included $2.4 million from a single
significant  licensing  agreement with a Korean company and the remainder from a
number of individually small agreements.

o    Income Tax Expense
- -----------------------
We recorded an income tax expense of $10.0  million in fiscal 2003,  compared to
an income tax  benefit of $1.5  million in fiscal 2002 and income tax expense of
$61.4 million in fiscal 2001.  The fiscal 2003 tax expense  represents  non-U.S.
income taxes on  international  income.  We did not incur U.S. income taxes. The
fiscal 2002 tax benefit consisted of $11.5 million expected refund of U.S. taxes
as a result of the new federal tax act, which was mostly offset by $10.0 million
of tax expenses on international income. Our ability to realize net deferred tax
assets ($80.8 million at May 25, 2003) is primarily  dependent on our ability to
generate future U.S. taxable income.  We believe that it is more likely than not
we should be able to generate  sufficient  taxable income in the U.S. to utilize
these  tax  assets,  but it is  possible  that we will  be  unable  to do so and
therefore  unable to realize the benefits of recognized  tax assets.  This could
result in future charges to increase the deferred tax asset valuation allowance.
<PAGE>

o    Foreign Operations
- -----------------------
Our foreign  operations  include  manufacturing  facilities  in the Asia Pacific
region and Europe and sales offices  throughout the Asia Pacific region,  Europe
and Japan. A portion of the  transactions at these  facilities is denominated in
local currency,  which exposes us to risk from exchange rate  fluctuations.  Our
exposure from expenses at foreign  manufacturing  facilities is  concentrated in
pound sterling,  Singapore dollar and Malaysian  ringgit.  Where  practical,  we
hedge net  non-U.S.  dollar  denominated  asset and  liability  positions  using
forward  exchange and  purchased  option  contracts.  Our exposure  from foreign
currency  denominated  revenue is limited to the Japanese  yen and the euro.  We
hedge up to 100 percent of the notional  value of  outstanding  customer  orders
denominated  in  foreign   currency,   using  forward  exchange   contracts  and
over-the-counter  foreign  currency  options.  A portion of anticipated  foreign
sales  commitments is, at times,  hedged using purchased  option  contracts that
have an original maturity of one year or less.

     At certain of our  international  locations,  we maintain  defined  benefit
pension plans that are operated in accordance with local statutes and practices.
We record an adjustment  for minimum  pension  liability to adjust the liability
related  to one of our plans to equal the  amount  of the  unfunded  accumulated
benefit obligation as required by the pension accounting  standards.  For fiscal
2003, the adjustment we recorded was $57.5 million.  A  corresponding  amount is
recorded in the consolidated  financial statements as a component of accumulated
other  comprehensive  loss. This increased the unfunded benefit  obligation from
$56.1 million in fiscal 2002 to $117.1  million in fiscal 2003.  The major cause
of this growth was an increase in the  accumulated  benefit  obligation due to a
reduction  in the  assumed  discount  rate and the  effect  of some  fixed  rate
increases in benefits in excess of current  inflation rates as determined  under
the terms of the plan. Concurrently,  lower than expected rate of return on plan
assets due to a decline in interest rates and investment returns in the past few
years also reduced plan assets. As we have done in the past, we will continue to
fund the plan in the future to adequately meet the minimum funding  requirements
under local statutes.

o    Financial Market Risks
- ---------------------------
We are exposed to financial  market risks,  including  changes in interest rates
and foreign currency  exchange rates. To mitigate these risks, we use derivative
financial  instruments.  We do not  use  derivative  financial  instruments  for
speculative or trading purposes.
     Due to the short-term nature of the major portion of our cash portfolio,  a
series of severe cuts in interest  rates,  such as those  recently  experienced,
does have a significant impact on the amount of interest income we earn from our
cash  portfolio.  An increase in interest rates benefits us due to our large net
cash position.  An increase in interest rates would not necessarily  immediately
increase  interest  expense  due  to  the  fixed  rates  of  our  existing  debt
obligations.
     A substantial majority of our revenue and capital spending is transacted in
U.S. dollars. However, we enter into transactions in other currencies, primarily
the Japanese yen, euro and certain other Asian  currencies.  To protect  against
reductions in value and the volatility of future cash flows caused by changes in
foreign  exchange rates, we have  established  programs to hedge our exposure to
these changes in foreign  currency  exchange rates. Our hedging programs reduce,
but do not  always  eliminate,  the  impact of foreign  currency  exchange  rate
movements.  An adverse  change  (defined  as 15 percent  in all  currencies)  in
exchange  rates would result in a decline in income before taxes of less than $5
million.  This  calculation  assumes that each exchange rate would change in the
same direction relative to the U.S. dollar. In addition to the direct effects of
changes in exchange rates, these changes typically affect the volume of sales or
the foreign  currency sales price as  competitors'  products become more or less
attractive.  Our  sensitivity  analysis  of the  effects  of  changes in foreign
currency exchange rates does not factor in a potential change in sales levels or
local currency selling prices.
     All of the potential changes noted above are based on sensitivity  analyses
performed on our balances as of May 25, 2003.
<PAGE>

o    Liquidity and Capital Resources
- ------------------------------------

As of May 25, 2003, cash, cash equivalents and short-term marketable investments
were $915.4  million,  up from  $834.4  million at May 26,  2002.  Cash and cash
equivalents  increased  $120.9  million in fiscal 2003 compared to a decrease of
$136.5  million in fiscal 2002 and an increase of $39.0  million in fiscal 2001.
The primary factors contributing to these changes are described below:
     We generated cash from operating activities of $221.1 million during fiscal
2003  compared  to $107.6  million in fiscal  2002 and $491.8  million in fiscal
2001. For fiscal 2003, cash was generated from operating  activities because the
positive impact from the net loss,  after adjusting for noncash items (primarily
depreciation and  amortization),  more than offset the negative impact that came
from changes in working capital  components.  The negative  changes from working
capital  components  for fiscal 2003 came  primarily  from decreases in accounts
payable and accrued  expenses.  For fiscal 2002,  operating  cash was  generated
because the  noncash  components  of our net loss,  primarily  depreciation  and
amortization,  were greater  than the reported net loss and the negative  impact
from changes in working capital components.  For fiscal 2001, operating cash was
generated  primarily from net income  adjusted for noncash  expenses,  which was
partially  offset  by the  negative  impact  from  changes  in  working  capital
components.
     Our  investing  activities  used cash of  $137.5  million  in fiscal  2003,
compared to $330.6 million used in fiscal 2002 and $302.2 million used in fiscal
2001. Major uses of cash in fiscal 2003 included the acquisition of DigitalQuake
for  $11.0  million,  net of  cash  received  (See  Note  4 to the  Consolidated
Financial Statements) and investment in property,  plant and equipment of $171.3
million, primarily for machinery and equipment, and CAD software licenses, which
were offset by the net sale and  maturity of  available-for-sale  securities  of
$49.2  million.  Major  uses of cash  in  fiscal  2002  included  investment  in
property,   plant  and   equipment   of  $138.0   million,   net   purchases  of
available-for-sale securities of $111.5 million and the acquisitions of Fincitec
Oy, ARSmikro OU and Wireless  Solutions  Sweden AB for a total of $42.1 million,
net of cash  acquired  (See Note 4 to the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements).
Major uses of cash in fiscal 2001  included  investment  in property,  plant and
equipment  of $239.5  million and the  acquisitions  of innoCOMM and Vivid for a
total of $99.1  million,  net of cash acquired  (See Note 4 to the  Consolidated
Financial Statements).
     Our financing  activities  generated  cash of $37.3 million for fiscal 2003
and $86.5  million in fiscal  2002,  while  they used cash of $150.6  million in
fiscal 2001. The primary source of cash in fiscal 2003 came from the issuance of
common stock under employee benefit plans in the amount of $42.7 million,  which
was partially  offset by the repayment of $5.4 million of our  outstanding  debt
balances.  The primary  source of cash in fiscal  2002 was from the  issuance of
common stock under employee benefit plans in the amount of $107.1 million, which
was  partially  offset by repayment  of $20.6  million of our  outstanding  debt
balances.  The primary use of cash in fiscal 2001 was for our  repurchase of 8.3
million  shares of common  stock on the open market for $194.4  million.  All of
these shares were retired during fiscal 2001.  This more than offset cash inflow
of $68.2 million from the issuance of common stock under employee benefit plans.
     We foresee  continuing  cash outlays for plant and equipment going into the
first half of fiscal  2004,  with our  primary  focus on new  capabilities  that
support our target  growth  markets,  as well as  improvements  to provide  more
capacity  in  selected   areas  and  improved   manufacturing   efficiency   and
productivity.  During fiscal 2003, we began construction of an assembly and test
facility  in China to expand  our  business  presence  in the Asia  markets.  We
currently expect our fiscal 2004 capital expenditure amount to be similar to the
fiscal 2003 amount.  However, we will continue to manage capital expenditures in
light of business  conditions.  We expect existing cash and investment balances,
together with  existing  lines of credit,  to be  sufficient to finance  planned
capital investments in fiscal 2004.
     Our cash and investment  balances are dependent on continued  collection of
customer  receivables and the ability to sell inventories.  Although we have not
experienced major problems with our customer  receivables,  significant declines
in overall  economic  conditions  could lead to  deterioration in the quality of
customer  receivables.  In addition,  major declines in financial  markets would
likely cause reductions in our cash equivalents and marketable investments.
     The following  table provides a summary of the effect on liquidity and cash
flows from our contractual obligations as of May 25, 2003:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

(In Millions)                    Fiscal Year:                                            2009 and
                                 2004            2005       2006      2007      2008     thereafter    Total
                                 --------------- ---------- --------- --------- -------- ------------- ----------
<S>                             <C>              <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>           <C>
Contractual obligations:

Debt obligations                     $  2.3        $19.9    $   -     $   -     $   -       $   -       $ 22.2
Noncancellable
  operating leases                     22.1         17.9       12.4       9.3       6.1         5.3       73.1
Purchase obligations under:
  CAD software licensing
     agreements                        20.1         20.1        1.3       -         -           -         41.5
  Fairchild manufacturing
     agreement                          2.8          -          -         -         -           -          2.8
  Other                                 1.5          1.5        0.8       -         -           -          3.8
                                 --------------- ---------- --------- --------- -------- ------------- ----------
Total                                 $48.8        $59.4      $14.5      $9.3      $6.1        $5.3     $143.4
                                 =============== ========== ========= ========= ======== ============= ==========

Commercial Commitments:
Standby letters of credit
  under bank multicurrency
  agreement                       $ 11.9             -         -         -         -            -        $ 11.9
                                 =============== ========= ========= ======== ========== ============== ===========
</TABLE>

     In addition,  as of May 25, 2003,  capital purchase  commitments were $56.4
million.
<PAGE>
o    Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
- ----------------------------------------------
In June 2001,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board issued SFAS No. 143,
"Accounting for Asset Retirement  Obligations." SFAS No. 143 addresses financial
accounting  and  reporting for  obligations  associated  with the  retirement of
tangible  long-lived  assets and the associated  asset  retirement  costs.  This
statement will be effective for our fiscal year 2004. We are currently analyzing
this  statement  and have not yet  determined  its  impact  on our  consolidated
financial statements.
     In April 2003,  the Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board issued SFAS No.
149,  "Amendment  of  Statement  133  on  Derivative   Instruments  and  Hedging
Activities."  SFAS  No.  149  amends  and  clarifies  financial  accounting  and
reporting for derivative  instruments,  including certain derivative instruments
embedded  in other  contracts  and for  hedging  activities  under SFAS No. 133,
"Accounting for Derivative  Instruments and Hedging  Activities." This statement
will be effective in fiscal 2004 for  contracts  entered into or modified  after
June 30, 2003 and for hedging  relationships  designated after June 30, 2003. We
do not expect the adoption of this  statement  to have a material  impact on our
consolidated financial position or results of operations.
     In May 2003, the Financial  Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 150,
"Accounting  for Certain  Financial  Instruments  with  Characteristics  of both
Liabilities  and  Equity."  SFAS No. 150  changes  the  accounting  for  certain
financial  instruments that, under previous guidance,  issuers could account for
as equity.  The new statement  requires that those  instruments be classified as
liabilities  in statements of financial  position.  Most of the guidance in SFAS
No. 150 is  effective  for all  financial  instruments  entered into or modified
after May 31, 2003,  and  otherwise is effective at the  beginning of our second
quarter for fiscal 2004. We do not expect the adoption of this statement to have
a  material  impact  on  our  consolidated  financial  position  or  results  of
operations.

o    Outlook
- ------------
Although overall economic conditions remain flat and uncertain, demand levels in
fiscal 2003 were better as business  conditions  in the  semiconductor  industry
slowly improved from a year ago. We experienced  sequential  quarterly growth in
new orders  during the second  half of fiscal  2003,  especially  for our Analog
segment  where  orders  for  power  management,  amplifier  and  audio  products
experienced  the greatest  increases.  While new orders grew overall in the just
completed  fourth quarter,  we saw delivery dates for orders placed by customers
begin to extend further out in time. As we finished the fiscal year, we also saw
a drop in the weekly run rate of total orders and turns orders, which are orders
received with delivery  requested in the same quarter.  As a result, our opening
13-week  backlog  entering the first  quarter of fiscal 2004 was slightly  lower
than it was at the  beginning of the fiscal 2003 fourth  quarter.  Historically,
sales in our first quarter have been down from the preceding  fourth quarter due
to the summer vacation season. Turns orders are typically lower during a portion
of the summer season when our customers have lower production activities.  Based
on these  seasonal  factors,  we anticipate  that sales for the first quarter of
fiscal  2004  will be flat to down by 4  percent  from the  fiscal  2003  fourth
quarter.  If the level of turns orders is not achieved or the rate of new orders
declines,  we may not be able to  achieve  the level of sales  expected  for the
first quarter of fiscal 2004. We also expect gross margin  percentage to be flat
to  slightly  down from gross  margin  achieved  in the recent  fourth  quarter,
depending on the sales level.  We believe we have the ability to quickly  adjust
the level of production  activity in our manufacturing  facilities to align with
changes  in  order  levels  and  economic  conditions  during  the  quarter,  if
necessary.  However,  the mix of available product may not exactly match the mix
of product requested on a short-term basis.
     Since we first  launched the series of  profit-improvement  actions back in
February 2003 designed to improve our return on  investments  and streamline our
cost  structure,  we  have  achieved  some  significant  savings  in our  future
operating  expenses.  To date, we have  restructured  our  technology  licensing
agreement with TSMC,  essentially  eliminating the quarterly fees we were paying
to have  access to TSMC's  advanced  sub-micron  processes  for use in our Maine
facility. We also announced the closure of the cellular baseband business in May
2003 and reduced our  worldwide  workforce  by 760  positions  by the end of the
fiscal  year.  So far,  these  actions  are  expected  to result in a savings of
approximately  $25  million  per  quarter,  most of which will be  reflected  in
reduction in our R&D expenses.  Accordingly, we expect R&D expenses in the first
quarter of fiscal 2004 to be in the range of $91-$94 million, with SG&A expenses
in the range of $64-$66  million.  As a part of the plan,  we announced we would
seek to sell the Information  Appliance  business,  primarily  consisting of the
GeodeTM  family  of  products,  and we are  actively  pursuing  a sale  of  that
business,  which we expect to complete by the end of the first quarter of fiscal
2004.  If we are unable to sell the business,  we will close the business  unit.
Sale or closure of the business unit is expected to provide additional  savings.
In the meantime we will continue to incur expenses  associated  with  supporting
the business and its customers.
<PAGE>

o    Risk Factors
- -----------------
CONDITIONS INHERENT IN THE SEMICONDUCTOR INDUSTRY CAUSE PERIODIC FLUCTUATIONS IN
OUR OPERATING RESULTS.  Rapid technological change and frequent  introduction of
new technology leading to more complex and more integrated products characterize
the  semiconductor  industry.  The result is a cyclical  environment  with short
product life cycles,  price erosion and high sensitivity to the overall business
cycle.  Substantial  capital  and R&D  investment  are also  required to support
products and manufacturing  processes. As a result of these industry conditions,
we have  experienced in the past and expect to experience in the future periodic
fluctuations  in our operating  results.  Shifts in product mix toward,  or away
from, higher margin products can also have a significant impact on our operating
results.  As a result of these and other  factors,  our  financial  results  can
fluctuate significantly from period to period.

OUR  BUSINESS  WILL BE HARMED IF WE ARE  UNABLE TO COMPETE  SUCCESSFULLY  IN OUR
MARKETS. Competition in the semiconductor industry is intense. We compete with a
number of major corporations in the high-volume  segment of the industry.  These
include several multinational companies whose semiconductor business may be only
part  of  their  overall   operations,   such  as  Koninklijke  (Royal)  Philips
Electronics,  Matsushita,  Motorola,  NEC, Samsung and Toshiba.  We also compete
with  a  large   number  of   corporations   such  as  Texas   Instruments,   ST
Microelectronics,   Maxim,  Analog  Devices  and  Linear  Technology  that  sell
competing products into some of the same markets that we target.  Competition is
based on design and quality of products, product performance, price and service,
with the  relative  importance  of these  factors  varying  among  products  and
markets.
     We cannot  assure you that we will be able to compete  successfully  in the
future against  existing or new  competitors or that our operating  results will
not be adversely  affected by increased price  competition.  We may also compete
with several of our  customers,  particularly  customers in the  networking  and
personal systems markets.
     The wireless  handset market continues to be important to our future growth
plans.   New  products   are  being   developed  to  address  new  features  and
functionality  in handsets,  such as color displays,  advanced  audio,  lighting
features  and  image  capture.  Due to high  levels of  competition,  as well as
complex  technological  requirements,   there  is  no  assurance  that  we  will
ultimately be successful in this targeted market. Although the worldwide handset
market is large,  near-term  growth trends are highly uncertain and difficult to
predict with accuracy.  Delayed  introduction of  next-generation  wireless base
stations  also  negatively  impacts  potential  growth in the  wireless  handset
market.

IF  DEVELOPMENT  OF NEW  PRODUCTS  IS  DELAYED  OR  MARKET  ACCEPTANCE  IS BELOW
EXPECTATIONS,  FUTURE OPERATING RESULTS MAY BE UNFAVORABLY  AFFECTED. We believe
that continued  focused  investment in research and development,  especially the
timely development and market acceptance of new analog products, is a key factor
to  our  successful   growth  and  our  ability  to  achieve  strong   financial
performance.  Successful  development  and  introduction  of  new  products  are
critical to our ability to maintain a competitive  position in the  marketplace.
We will continue to invest resources to develop more highly integrated solutions
and building block products,  both primarily  based on our analog  capabilities.
These products will continue to be targeted towards  application in the wireless
handsets,  displays,  other  portable  devices  and  information  infrastructure
markets.

ACQUISITIONS.  We have  made and will  continue  to  consider  making  strategic
business  investments  and alliances  and  acquisitions,  if necessary,  to gain
access to key  technologies  that we  believe  augment  our  existing  technical
capability  or enable us to  achieve  faster  time to market.  Acquisitions  and
investments  involve risks and  uncertainties  that may  unfavorably  impact our
future  financial  performance.  We may not be able to integrate and develop the
technologies  we acquire as expected.  If the  technology  is not developed in a
timely  manner,  we  may be  unsuccessful  in  penetrating  target  markets.  In
addition, with any acquisition there are risks that future operating results may
be unfavorably  affected by acquisition related costs,  including in-process R&D
charges and incremental R&D spending.

EXPANSION OF OUR BUSINESS IN THE ASIA  MARKETS.  As noted in our  discussion  of
planned  capital  expenditures,  as part of our  efforts to expand our  business
presence in the Asia  markets,  we began  construction  of an assembly  and test
facility in China's  Suzhou  Industrial  Park in the  Jiangsu  Province of China
during the second  quarter of fiscal  2003.  The facility is expected to provide
analog products  quickly and cost effectively to our customers in China, as well
as other  regions as  necessary.  The  facility  also will  increase our overall
assembly and test capacity to support  increasing  product volume.  Increases in
product  volume are  dependent  upon  demand  from our  customers.  If we do not
increase product volume, lower than expected factory utilization,  which results
in  higher  manufacturing  cost per  unit,  will  unfavorably  impact  operating
results. In addition, unexpected start-up expenses, inefficiencies and delays in
the start of  production  in the facility  may reduce our expected  future gross
margin.
<PAGE>

WE FACE RISKS FROM OUR  INTERNATIONAL  OPERATIONS,  MANY OF WHICH ARE BEYOND OUR
CONTROL.  We conduct a substantial  portion of our operations outside the United
States, and our business is subject to risks associated with many factors beyond
our control. These factors include:
- -    fluctuations in foreign currency rates;
- -    instability of foreign economies;
- -    emerging infrastructures in foreign markets;
- -    support required abroad for demanding manufacturing requirements;
- -    foreign government instability and changes; and
- -    U.S. and foreign laws and policies affecting trade and investment.
     Although we did not  experience  any  materially  adverse  effects from our
foreign operations as a result of these factors in the last year, one or more of
these  factors  has had an  adverse  effect  on us in the past  and  they  could
adversely  affect us in the future.  In addition,  although we seek to hedge our
exposure  to currency  exchange  rate  fluctuations,  our  competitive  position
relative to non-U.S.  suppliers can be affected by the exchange rate of the U.S.
dollar against other currencies, particularly the Japanese yen and euro.

TAXES.  From time to time,  we have  received  notices of tax  assessments  from
certain governments of countries in which we operate.  The IRS is in the process
of  examining  our tax  returns  for  fiscal  1997  through  2000.  We are  also
undergoing a tax audit in the Netherlands. These governments or other government
entities may serve future  notices of assessments on us and the amounts of these
assessments  or our failure to  favorably  resolve such  assessments  may have a
material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

CURRENT WORLD EVENTS. Recent unrest in the many parts of the world including the
war in Iraq and  terrorist  activities  worldwide  have  resulted in  additional
uncertainty  on the overall  state of the world  economy.  There is no assurance
that the consequences  from these events will not disrupt our operations  either
in the U.S. or other regions of the world where we have operations. The outbreak
of the SARS illness could also adversely  affect our business in Asia if it does
not continue to be contained.  If there is a  significant  spread of SARS beyond
Asia, other aspects of our operations could be negatively impacted.

<PAGE>


ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

See  information/discussion  appearing in subcaption "Financial Market Risks" of
Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of  Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations  in  Item  7 and  in  Note  1,  "Summary  of  Significant  Accounting
Policies," and Note 2, "Financial Instruments," in the Notes to the Consolidated
Financial Statements included in Item 8.

<PAGE>

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Financial Statements:                                                   Page
- ---------------------                                                   ----

Consolidated Balance Sheets at May 25, 2003 and May 26, 2002             33

Consolidated Statements of Operations for each of the years in the
   three-year period ended May 25, 2003                                  34

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for each of
   the years in the three-year period ended May 25, 2003                 35

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for each of the years
   in the three-year period ended May 25, 2003                           36

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the years in the
   three-year period ended May 25, 2003                                  37

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                               38

Independent Auditors' Report                                             67


Financial Statement Schedule:
For the three years ended May 25, 2003

Schedule II -- Valuation and Qualifying Accounts                         73


Pursuant to Item 3-09 of  Regulation  S-X, we are  required to file the separate
financial  statements of iReady  Corporation for the current fiscal year as part
of this Form 10-K because our share in the net losses of iReady in the amount of
$8.5  million  exceeded 20 percent of our reported  loss before  income taxes of
$23.3  million for fiscal 2003.  The current  fiscal year of iReady does not end
until September 30, 2003. At such time as audited financial statements of iReady
become  available,  we will file an  amendment  to this Form 10-K to include the
financial  statements  of iReady.  Neither  iReady's  losses  nor its  financial
condition or cash flows are expected to have a material effect on our results of
operations, financial condition or cash flows.

<PAGE>


NATIONAL SEMICONDUCTOR CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                                    May 25,        May 26,
In Millions, Except Share Amounts                                                     2003          2002
                                                                                  ------------- --------------

<S>                                                                               <C>           <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
    Cash and cash equivalents                                                          $ 802.2        $ 681.3
    Short-term marketable investments                                                    113.2          153.1
    Receivables, less allowances of $38.2 in 2003 and $37.8 in 2002                      137.1          131.7
    Inventories                                                                          142.2          145.0
    Deferred tax assets                                                                   66.0           58.7
    Other current assets                                                                  20.5           38.3
                                                                                  ------------- --------------
Total current assets                                                                   1,281.2        1,208.1
Property, plant and equipment, net                                                       680.7          737.1
Goodwill                                                                                 173.3          173.3
Other assets                                                                             109.4          170.3
                                                                                  ------------- --------------
Total assets                                                                          $2,244.6       $2,288.8
                                                                                  ============= ==============
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
    Current portion of long-term debt                                                   $  2.3         $  5.5
    Accounts payable                                                                     107.0          123.7
    Accrued expenses                                                                     208.5          226.7
    Income taxes payable                                                                  49.6           47.9
                                                                                  ------------- --------------
Total current liabilities                                                                367.4          403.8
Long-term debt                                                                            19.9           20.4
Other noncurrent liabilities                                                             151.3           83.5
                                                                                  ------------- --------------
Total liabilities                                                                       $538.6         $507.7
Commitments and contingencies
Shareholders' equity:
    Common stock of $0.50 par value. Authorized 850,000,000 shares.
        Issued and outstanding 183,572,388 in 2003 and 180,361,609 in 2002              $ 91.8         $ 90.2
    Additional paid-in capital                                                         1,461.3        1,415.3
    Retained earnings                                                                    277.2          310.5
    Unearned compensation                                                               (10.0)         (12.8)
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss                                               (114.3)         (22.1)
                                                                                  ------------- --------------
Total shareholders' equity                                                             1,706.0        1,781.1
                                                                                  ------------- --------------
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity                                            $2,244.6       $2,288.8
                                                                                  ============= ==============
</TABLE>

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

<PAGE>


NATIONAL SEMICONDUCTOR CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Years Ended                                                           May 25,      May 26,      May 27,
In Millions, Except Per Share Amounts                                 2003         2002         2001
                                                                      ------------ ------------ ------------

<S>                                                                    <C>          <C>          <C>
Net sales                                                              $1,672.5     $1,494.8     $2,112.6
Operating costs and expenses:
    Cost of sales                                                         946.8        941.4      1,075.1
    Research and development                                              435.6        441.0        435.6
    Selling, general and administrative                                   270.3        260.9        324.7
    Special items                                                          44.3          9.3         51.9
                                                                      ------------ ------------ ------------
Total operating costs and expenses                                      1,697.0      1,652.6      1,887.3
                                                                      ------------ ------------ ------------
Operating income (loss)                                                   (24.5)      (157.8)       225.3
Interest income, net                                                       14.1         21.3         52.0
Other income (expense), net                                               (12.9)        13.1         29.8
                                                                      ------------ ------------ ------------
Income (loss) before income taxes                                         (23.3)      (123.4)       307.1
Income tax expense (benefit)                                               10.0         (1.5)        61.4
                                                                      ------------ ------------ ------------
Net income (loss)                                                      $  (33.3)   $  (121.9)   $   245.7
                                                                      ============ ============ ============

Earnings (loss) per share:
    Basic                                                                 $(0.18)      $(0.69)       $1.40
    Diluted                                                               $(0.18)      $(0.69)       $1.30
Weighted-average common and potential common
    shares outstanding:
    Basic                                                                 181.8        177.5        175.9
    Diluted                                                               181.8        177.5        188.4
</TABLE>

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

<PAGE>
NATIONAL SEMICONDUCTOR CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Years Ended                                                            May 25,       May 26,       May 27,
In millions                                                            2003          2002          2001
                                                                       ------------- ------------- --------------

<S>                                                                       <C>           <C>            <C>
Net income (loss)                                                         $ (33.3)      $(121.9)       $245.7

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
     Unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale securities                (24.8)         32.6          32.6
     Reclassification   adjustment   for  net   realized   (gain)  on
available-                                                                  (10.1)         (9.4)        (21.3)
          for-sale securities included in net income (loss)
     Minimum pension liability                                              (57.5)        (12.7)        (16.0)
     Derivative instruments:
       Unrealized gain (loss) on cash flow hedges                             0.2          (0.4)          -
                                                                       ------------- ------------- --------------
Other comprehensive income (loss)                                           (92.2)         10.1          (4.7)
                                                                       ------------- ------------- --------------
Comprehensive income (loss)                                               $(125.5)      $(111.8)       $241.0
                                                                       ============= ============= ==============

</TABLE>

The tax effects of other comprehensive income (loss) components included in each
of the years presented above were not significant.

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


<PAGE>

NATIONAL SEMICONDUCTOR CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                             Accumulated
                                                                         Additional                             Other
                                                                Common    Paid-In    Retained     Unearned   Comprehensive
In Millions                                                     Stock     Capital    Earnings   Compensation     Loss       Total
                                                                -------- ---------- ----------  ------------ ------------ ----------
<S>             <C> <C>                                           <C>     <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>
Balances at May 28, 2000                                          $88.8   $1,407.9   $ 186.7      $ (12.6)     $  (27.5)   $1,643.3
Net income                                                         -           -       245.7          -             -         245.7
Issuance  of common  stock  under  option,  purchase,
   and profit sharing plans                                         2.2       70.0       -            -             -          72.2
Unearned compensation relating to issuance of restricted stock      0.1        7.4       -           (7.5)          -           -
Cancellation of restricted stock                                    -         (2.8)      -            2.0           -          (0.8)
Amortization of unearned compensation                               -          -         -            4.2           -           4.2
Proceeds from sale of  put warrants                                 -          0.4       -            -             -           0.4
Stock compensation charge                                           -          2.0       -            -             -           2.0
Purchase and retirement of treasury stock                          (4.2)    (190.2)      -            -             -        (194.4)
Other comprehensive loss                                            -          -         -            -            (4.7)       (4.7)
- --------------------------------------------------------------- -------- ---------- ----------  ------------ ------------ ----------
Balances at May 27, 2001                                           86.9    1,294.7     432.4        (13.9)        (32.2)    1,767.9
Net loss                                                            -          -      (121.9)          -            -        (121.9)
Issuance  of common  stock  under  option,  purchase,
   and profit sharing plans                                         3.0      108.6       -             -            -         111.6
Unearned compensation relating to issuance of restricted stock      -          3.1       -            (3.1)         -           -
Cancellation of restricted stock                                    -         (0.9)      -             0.8          -          (0.1)
Amortization of unearned compensation                               -          -         -             3.4          -           3.4
Stock compensation charge                                           -          0.1       -             -            -           0.1
Issuance of common stock upon conversion of convertible
    subordinated promissory notes                                   0.3        9.7       -             -            -          10.0
Other comprehensive income                                          -          -         -             -           10.1        10.1
- --------------------------------------------------------------- -------- ---------- ----------  ------------ ------------ ----------
Balances at May 26, 2002                                           90.2    1,415.3     310.5         (12.8)       (22.1)    1,781.1
Net loss                                                            -          -       (33.3)          -            -         (33.3)
Issuance  of common  stock  under  option,  purchase,
   and profit sharing plans                                         1.6       42.2       -             -            -          43.8
Unearned compensation relating to issuance of restricted stock      -          0.5       -            (0.5)         -           -
Cancellation of restricted stock                                    -         (1.4)      -             0.3          -          (1.1)
Amortization of unearned compensation                               -          -         -             3.0          -           3.0
Effect of investee equity transactions                              -          4.7       -             -            -           4.7
Other comprehensive loss                                            -          -         -             -          (92.2)      (92.2)
- --------------------------------------------------------------- -------- ---------- ----------  ------------ ------------ ----------
Balances at May 25, 2003                                          $91.8   $1,461.3   $ 277.2        $(10.0)      $(114.3)   $1,706.0
=============================================================== ======== ========== ==========  ============ ============ ==========
</TABLE>

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

<PAGE>

NATIONAL SEMICONDUCTOR CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Years Ended                                                              May 25,      May 26,      May 27,
In Millions                                                              2003         2002         2001
                                                                         ------------ ------------ ------------

<S>                                                                       <C>           <C>          <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income (loss)                                                          $ (33.3)     $(121.9)      $245.7
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss)
    to net cash provided by operating activities:
    Depreciation, amortization, and accretion                                228.5        230.4        243.3
    Net (gain) loss on investments                                             1.6         (9.4)       (30.6)
    Share in net losses of equity-method investments                          15.9          7.3          3.6
    Impairment of technology licenses                                         13.8          -            -
    Loss on disposal of equipment                                              2.9          4.4          3.1
    Donation of equity securities                                              -            -           20.5
    Deferred tax provision                                                     3.6         18.0         27.6
    Noncash special items                                                     12.8         (2.3)        21.9
    Other, net                                                                 0.8          0.2          0.3
    Changes in certain assets and liabilities, net:
        Receivables                                                           (5.3)        (6.4)       135.2
        Inventories                                                            2.8         51.0         (2.6)
        Other current assets                                                   3.4          -            0.8
        Accounts payable and accrued expenses                                (34.9)       (32.9)      (138.9)
        Income taxes payable                                                   1.7         (5.2)       (33.7)
        Other noncurrent liabilities                                           6.8        (25.6)        (4.4)
                                                                         ------------ ------------ ------------
Net cash provided by operating activities                                    221.1        107.6        491.8
                                                                         ------------ ------------ ------------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchase of property, plant and equipment                                   (171.3)      (138.0)      (239.5)
Sale of equipment                                                              2.3          -            -
Sale and maturity of available-for-sale securities                           892.6         88.6         48.2
Purchase of available-for-sale securities                                   (843.4)      (200.1)       (28.0)
Sale of investments                                                           18.0         11.2         34.8
Investment in nonpublicly traded companies                                   (21.8)       (28.8)       (14.9)
Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired                                  (11.0)       (42.1)       (99.1)
Funding of benefit plan                                                       (3.6)       (14.9)        (2.4)
Other, net                                                                     0.7         (6.5)        (1.3)
                                                                         ------------ ------------ ------------
Net cash used by investing activities                                       (137.5)      (330.6)      (302.2)
                                                                         ------------ ------------ ------------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Repayment of debt                                                             (5.4)       (20.6)       (24.4)
Issuance of common stock                                                      42.7        107.1         68.2
Purchase and retirement of treasury stock                                      -            -         (194.4)
                                                                         ------------ ------------ ------------
Net cash provided by (used by) financing activities                           37.3         86.5       (150.6)
Net change in cash and cash equivalents                                      120.9       (136.5)        39.0
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year                               681.3        817.8        778.8
                                                                         ------------ ------------ ------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year                                    $802.2       $681.3       $817.8
                                                                         ============ ============ ============
</TABLE>

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

<PAGE>
NATIONAL SEMICONDUCTOR CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Note 1.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
- ---------------------------------------------------

OPERATIONS

We  design,  develop,  manufacture  and  market a wide  array  of  semiconductor
products,  including a broad line of analog,  mixed-signal  and other integrated
circuits.  These  products  address  a  variety  of  markets  and  applications,
including amplifiers,  power management,  flat panel and CRT displays,  wireless
communications, personal computers, local and wide area networks, and imaging.

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

The consolidated financial statements include National Semiconductor Corporation
and our majority-owned  subsidiaries.  All significant intercompany transactions
are eliminated in consolidation.
     Our fiscal year ends on the last Sunday of May.  The fiscal years ended May
25, 2003, May 26, 2002 and May 27, 2001 were all 52-week years.

REVENUE RECOGNITION

We recognize  revenue from the sale of  semiconductor  products  upon  shipment,
provided title and risk of loss has passed to the customer,  the amount is fixed
or determinable and collection of the revenue is reasonably assured. At the time
of shipment we record a provision for estimated future returns. Approximately 50
percent of our  semiconductor  product sales are sold through  distributors.  We
have agreements with our  distributors  that cover various  programs,  including
pricing  adjustments based on resales,  scrap allowances and volume  incentives.
The  revenue  we record  for these  distribution  sales is net of the  estimated
provisions for these programs.  Service  revenues are recognized as the services
are  provided  or as  milestones  are  achieved,  depending  on the terms of the
arrangement.  Intellectual  property  income is not classified as revenue.  This
income is classified as non-operating  income and is recognized when the license
is  delivered,  the fee is  fixed  and  determinable,  collection  of the fee is
reasonably assured and no further obligations to the other party exist.

INVENTORIES

Inventories are stated at the lower of standard cost, which approximates  actual
cost on a first-in,  first-out basis, or market. We reduce the carrying value of
inventory for estimated obsolescence or unmarketable inventory by an amount that
is the  difference  between its cost and the  estimated  market value based upon
assumptions about future demand and market conditions.

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Property,  plant and equipment  are recorded at cost.  We use the  straight-line
method to depreciate  machinery and equipment over their  estimated  useful life
(3-5 years). Buildings and improvements are depreciated using both straight-line
and  declining-balance  methods over the assets' remaining estimated useful life
(3-50 years), or, in the case of leasehold improvements,  over the lesser of the
estimated useful life or lease term.
     We  capitalize   eligible  costs  to  acquire  or  develop   software  used
internally. We use the straight-line method to amortize software used internally
over its estimated useful life (3-5 years). Internal-use software is included in
the property, plant and equipment balance.

GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Goodwill  represents  the  excess of the  purchase  price over the fair value of
identifiable  net  tangible  and  intangible   assets  acquired  in  a  business
combination.  Since we adopted  SFAS No.  142,  "Goodwill  and Other  Intangible
Assets,"  at the  beginning  of fiscal  2002,  we no longer  amortize  goodwill.
Instead,  we evaluate  goodwill for impairment  annually and whenever  events or
changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that it is more  likely  than  not that an
impairment  loss has been  incurred.  Goodwill is assigned to  reporting  units,
which are  operating  segments  as  defined  by our  current  segment  reporting
structure.  As of May 25,  2003,  we have  five  reporting  units  that  contain
goodwill.  Acquisition-related  intangible  assets other than  goodwill  include
developed  technology and patents,  which are amortized on a straight-line basis
over their  estimated  useful life (2-6  years).  Intangible  assets  other than
goodwill are included within other assets on the consolidated balance sheet.
<PAGE>
     Prior to fiscal 2002, we amortized  goodwill on a straight-line  basis over
3-7 years and we evaluated  goodwill for impairment in accordance  with SFAS No.
121,  "Accounting  for the  Impairment of Long-Lived  Assets and for  Long-Lived
Assets to Be Disposed Of."

IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS

In  accordance  with SFAS No. 142,  Goodwill  and Other  Intangible  Assets,  we
evaluate  goodwill for  impairment  on an annual  basis and  whenever  events or
changes  in  circumstance  suggest  that  it is more  likely  than  not  that an
impairment loss has been incurred.  We evaluate goodwill  impairment annually in
our  fourth  fiscal  quarter,  which has been  selected  as the  period  for our
recurring  evaluation  for all  reporting  units.  In fiscal 2003 we tested each
reporting unit that contains goodwill as part of our annual goodwill  impairment
evaluation. We also performed additional tests of our wireless reporting unit in
February  2003  when we  announced  our  intent  to sell our  cellular  baseband
business unit and in May when we subsequently announced the immediate closure of
that  business  unit.  The  cellular  baseband  business  unit was a part of the
wireless reporting unit.
     In accordance with SFAS No. 144,  Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal
of Long-Lived  Assets,  we assess the impairment of long-lived  assets  whenever
events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying value may not be
recoverable  from the estimated  future cash flows expected to result from their
use and eventual  disposition.  Our long-lived assets subject to this evaluation
include property,  plant and equipment and amortizable intangible assets. If our
estimate of future  undiscounted  net cash flows is  insufficient to recover the
carrying  value of the assets over the estimated  useful life, we will record an
impairment  loss in the amount by which the carrying value of the assets exceeds
the fair value. If assets are determined to be recoverable, but the useful lives
are shorter than we originally estimated, we depreciate or amortize the net book
value of the asset over the newly determined remaining useful lives.

INCOME TAXES

We determine deferred tax liabilities and assets at the end of each period based
on the future tax consequences  that can be attributed to net operating loss and
credit  carryovers  and  differences  between the financial  statement  carrying
amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, using
the tax rate  expected  to be in  effect  when the taxes  are  actually  paid or
recovered.  The  recognition  of  deferred  tax assets is reduced by a valuation
allowance  if it is more  likely  than  not that  the tax  benefits  will not be
realized.

EARNINGS PER SHARE

We compute basic earnings per share using the weighted-average  number of common
shares   outstanding.   Diluted  earnings  per  share  are  computed  using  the
weighted-average  common  shares  outstanding  after giving  effect to potential
common shares from stock options based on the treasury stock method.
     For all years  presented,  the reported  net income  (loss) was used in our
computation  of basic and diluted  earnings per share. A  reconciliation  of the
shares used in the computation follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


(In Millions)                                                      2003            2002             2001
                                                              --------------- ---------------- ---------------
<S>                                                             <C>             <C>             <C>
Weighted-average common shares outstanding used
    for basic earnings per share                                   181.8           177.5            175.9
Effect of dilutive securities:
    Stock options                                                    -               -               12.5
                                                              --------------- ---------------- ---------------

Weighted-average common and potential common shares
    outstanding used for diluted earnings per share                181.8           177.5            188.4
                                                              =============== ================ ===============
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

     As of May 25, 2003, we did not include options outstanding to purchase 44.4
million shares of common stock with a weighted-average  exercise price of $27.99
in diluted  earnings  per share since their effect was  antidilutive  due to the
reported loss. These shares could,  however,  potentially  dilute basic earnings
per  share  in the  future.  As of May  26,  2002,  we did not  include  options
outstanding   to  purchase   36.9   million   shares  of  common  stock  with  a
weighted-average  exercise  price of $28.24 in diluted  earnings per share since
their effect was  antidilutive  due to the reported loss. As of May 27, 2001, we
did not include  options  outstanding  to purchase 10.0 million shares of common
stock with a  weighted-average  exercise price of $53.58 in diluted earnings per
share since their effect was antidilutive  because their exercise price exceeded
the average market price during the year.

CURRENCIES

The functional  currency for all  operations  worldwide is the U.S.  dollar.  We
include  gains  and  losses  arising  from  remeasurement  of  foreign  currency
financial  statement  balances into U.S.  dollars in current  earnings.  We also
include  gains and  losses  resulting  from  foreign  currency  transactions  in
selling, general and administrative expenses.

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Cash and Cash Equivalents. Cash equivalents are highly liquid instruments with a
remaining maturity of three months or less at the time of purchase.  We maintain
cash   equivalents  in  various   currencies  and  in  a  variety  of  financial
instruments.  We  have  not  experienced  any  material  losses  related  to any
short-term financial instruments.
     Marketable   Investments.   Debt  and  marketable   equity  securities  are
classified  into   held-to-maturity  or  available-for-sale   categories.   Debt
securities are classified as  held-to-maturity  when we have the positive intent
and  ability to hold the  securities  to  maturity.  We record  held-to-maturity
securities,  which are  stated  at  amortized  cost,  as  either  short-term  or
long-term on the balance sheet based upon  contractual  maturity date.  Debt and
marketable equity securities not classified as  held-to-maturity  are classified
as available-for-sale  and are carried at fair market value, with the unrealized
gains and losses, net of tax, reported in shareholders' equity as a component of
accumulated  other  comprehensive  loss.  Gains or losses on securities sold are
based on the specific identification method.
     Nonmarketable  investments.  We  have  investments  in  nonpublicly  traded
companies  as  a  result  of  various   strategic   business   ventures.   These
nonmarketable  investments are included on the balance sheet in other assets. We
record at cost  nonmarketable  investments  where we do not have the  ability to
exercise  significant  influence  or control  and  periodically  review them for
impairment. We record using the equity method nonmarketable investments in which
we do have the  ability to  exercise  significant  influence,  but do not hold a
controlling interest. Under the equity method, we record our share of net losses
of the investees in nonoperating  income using the  hypothetical  liquidation at
book value method.  Increases in the carrying value of investments  attributable
to sales of stock by investees are credited to shareholders' equity.
     Summarized financial information of our equity-method investments as of and
for periods ended closely  corresponding to our fiscal years is presented in the
following table:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

(In Millions)                                                  2003           2002
                                                           -------------- --------------
<S>                                                         <C>            <C>
Combined financial position:
   Current assets                                               $ 67.4         $ 70.1
   Noncurrent assets                                               8.5            1.7
                                                           -------------- --------------
   Total assets                                                 $ 75.9         $ 71.8
                                                           ============== ==============
   Current liabilities                                            21.6            4.9
   Noncurrent liabilities                                          1.9            0.1
   Shareholders' equity                                           52.4           66.8
                                                           -------------- --------------
   Total liabilities and shareholders' equity                   $ 75.9         $ 71.8
                                                           ============== ==============
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               2003           2002            2001
                                                           -------------- -------------- ----------------
<S>                                                          <C>            <C>            <C>
Combined operating results:
   Sales                                                       $   4.8          $ 0.6         $  -
   Costs and expenses                                             41.3           20.0            1.5
                                                           -------------- -------------- ----------------
   Operating loss                                               $(36.5)        $(19.4)         $(1.5)
                                                           ============== ============== ================
 Net loss                                                       $(45.6)        $(24.4)         $(3.0)
                                                           ============== ============== ================
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

     Derivative Financial  Instruments.  As part of our risk management strategy
we use derivative financial instruments, including forwards, swaps and purchased
options,  to hedge certain  foreign  currency and interest rate  exposures.  Our
intent is to offset  gains and losses  that occur from our  underlying  exposure
with gains and  losses on the  derivative  contracts  used to hedge  them.  As a
matter of  company  policy,  we do not enter  into  speculative  positions  with
derivative  instruments.  The criteria we use for designating an instrument as a
hedge  include  the  instrument's  effectiveness  in risk  reduction  and direct
matching of the financial instrument to the underlying transaction.
     We record all  derivatives  on the balance  sheet at fair  value.  Gains or
losses  resulting from changes in the values of these  derivatives are accounted
for  based on the use of the  derivative  and  whether  it  qualifies  for hedge
accounting.  See  Note 2 to the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for a full
description of our hedging activities and related accounting policies.

FAIR VALUES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The  carrying  amounts for cash and cash  equivalents,  short-term  investments,
accounts  receivable,  accounts payable and accrued expenses  approximate  their
fair values due to the short period of time until their maturity. Fair values of
long-term  investments,  long-term  debt,  interest rate  derivatives,  currency
forward  contracts  and currency  options are based on quoted  market  prices or
pricing models using prevailing  financial market information as of May 25, 2003
and May 26, 2002.  The estimated fair value of debt was $20.8 million at May 25,
2003 and $26.8 million at May 26, 2002. See Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial
Statements for fair values of marketable  securities  and  derivative  financial
instruments.

Employee Stock Plans

We account for our employee  stock option and stock purchase plans in accordance
with the  intrinsic  method of  Accounting  Principles  Board  Opinion  No.  25,
"Accounting  for Stock  Issued to  Employees."  See Note 10 to the  Consolidated
Financial Statements for more information on our stock-based compensation plans.
     Pro forma  information  regarding net income(loss) and  earnings(loss)  per
share is required by SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation," as
amended by SFAS No. 148, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation-Transition and
Disclosure."  This  information  illustrates the effect on net  income(loss) and
earnings(loss)  per  share as if we had  accounted  for  stock-based  awards  to
employees  under  the  fair  value  method   specified  by  SFAS  No.  123.  The
weighted-average  fair value of stock options  granted during fiscal 2003,  2002
and  2001  was  $16.62,   $17.49  and  $15.88  per  share,   respectively.   The
weighted-average fair value of rights granted under the stock purchase plans was
$3.83,  $6.43 and $9.73 per share for fiscal 2003, 2002 and 2001,  respectively.
The fair value of the  stock-based  awards to employees  was  estimated  using a
Black-Scholes  option  pricing model that assumes no expected  dividends and the
following weighted-average assumptions for fiscal 2003, 2002 and 2001:

                                                 2003         2002         2001
                                               ------       ------       ------
Stock Option Plans
     Expected life (in years) ...........        5.0          5.1          5.7
     Expected volatility ................        77%          75%          73%
     Risk-free interest rate ............       2.7%         4.5%         5.0%

Stock Purchase Plans
     Expected life (in years) ...........       0.3          0.3          0.3
     Expected volatility ................        54%          57%          95%
     Risk-free interest rate ............       1.1%         1.7%         3.7%

     For pro forma purposes,  the estimated fair value of stock-based  awards to
employees is  amortized  over the  options'  vesting  period for options and the
three-month purchase period for stock purchases under the stock purchase plans.

<PAGE>

The pro forma information follows:

 (In Millions,  Except Per Share Amounts)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               2003           2002            2001
                                                           -------------- -------------- ----------------
<S>                                                            <C>            <C>             <C>
Net income (loss) - as reported                                $( 33.3)       $(121.9)        $245.7
Add back:  Stock compensation charge included in the
  net income(loss) determined under the intrinsic
  value method, net of tax                                          1.9            3.4            5.4
Deduct:  Total stock-based employee compensation
  expense determined under the fair value method,
  net of tax                                                     180.9          161.9           116.2
                                                           -------------- -------------- ----------------
Net income (loss) - pro forma                                  $(212.3)       $(280.4)        $134.9
                                                           ============== ============== ================
Basic earnings (loss) per share - as reported                   $(0.18)        $(0.69)         $1.40
Basic earnings (loss) per share - pro forma                     $(1.17)        $(1.58)         $0.77
Diluted earnings (loss) per share - as reported                 $(0.18)        $(0.69)         $1.30
Diluted earnings (loss) per share - pro forma                   $(1.17)        $(1.58)         $0.72
</TABLE>

USE OF ESTIMATES IN PREPARATION OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States of America requires us to make estimates
and assumptions  that affect the reported  amounts of assets and liabilities and
the disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements
and the reported  amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting  period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.

New Accounting Pronouncements:

o    In October 2001, the Financial  Accounting  Standards Board issued SFAS No.
     144,  "Accounting  for the  Impairment or Disposal of  Long-Lived  Assets,"
     which supersedes SFAS No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived
     Assets and for Long-Lived  Assets to Be Disposed Of." Although SFAS No. 144
     retains the basic  requirements  of SFAS No. 121 regarding  when and how to
     measure an impairment loss, it provides additional implementation guidance.
     SFAS No.  144  also  supersedes  the  provisions  of APB  Opinion  No.  30,
     "Reporting Results of Operations,"  pertaining to discontinued  operations.
     Separate reporting of a discontinued  operation is still required, but SFAS
     No. 144  expands  the  presentation  to include a  component  of an entity,
     rather than strictly a business  segment.  This statement was effective for
     our  fiscal  year  2003.  The  adoption  of this  statement  did not have a
     material impact on our financial position or results of operations.

o    In April 2002, the Financial Accounting Standard Board issued SFAS No. 145,
     "Rescission of FASB Statements No. 4, 44, 64, Amendment of FASB No. 13, and
     Technical Corrections." Among other provisions,  SFAS No. 145 rescinds SFAS
     No.  4,  "Reporting  Gains  and  Losses  from   Extinguishment   of  Debt."
     Accordingly,  gains or  losses  from  extinguishment  of debt  shall not be
     reported as extraordinary  items unless the extinguishment  qualifies as an
     extraordinary  item under the  criteria of APB No. 30. Gains or losses from
     extinguishment  of debt that do not meet the  criteria of APB No. 30 should
     be reclassified  to income from continuing  operations in all prior periods
     presented.  This  statement  was  effective  for our fiscal year 2003.  The
     adoption of this statement did not have a material  impact on our financial
     position or results of operations.
<PAGE>

o    In June 2002, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 146,
     "Accounting for Costs  Associated with Exit or Disposal  Activities."  SFAS
     No.  146  establishes  standards  of  accounting  and  reporting  for costs
     associated with exit or disposal  activities.  It supersedes EITF Issue No.
     94-3, "Liability  Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and
     Other  Costs to Exit an Activity  (including  Certain  Costs  Incurred in a
     Restructuring)." One of the principal  differences between SFAS No. 146 and
     EITF Issue No. 94-3  concerns  the  recognition  of a  liability  for costs
     associated with an exit or disposal activity.  SFAS No. 146 requires that a
     liability  be  recognized  for  those  costs  only  when the  liability  is
     incurred.  Under  EITF  Issue No.  94-3,  a  liability  for such  costs was
     recognized as of the date of the  commitment to an exit plan.  SFAS No. 146
     also requires that an exit or disposal  liability be initially  measured at
     fair  value.  This  statement  was  effective  in  fiscal  2003 for exit or
     disposal  activities  that were  initiated  after  December 31, 2002.  As a
     result,  we recorded a net charge of $43.6 million in  connection  with the
     cost  reduction  actions  announced in the second half of fiscal 2003.  See
     Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for more information on the
     cost reduction actions.

o    In November  2002,  the Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board issued FASB
     Interpretation No. 45, "Guarantor's  Accounting and Disclosure Requirements
     for Guarantees,  Including Indirect  Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others."
     This  interpretation  requires a guarantor to include disclosure of certain
     guarantees  that it has  issued  and if  applicable,  at  inception  of the
     guarantee,  to recognize a liability  for the fair value of the  obligation
     undertaken  in  issuing  a  guarantee.   The  recognition  and  measurement
     requirements of this  interpretation  are applicable on a prospective basis
     to  guarantees  issued or modified  after  December 31, 2002. As of May 25,
     2003, we had not issued or modified any agreements that included guarantees
     subject   to  the   recognition   and   measurement   provisions   of  this
     interpretation.  The disclosure  requirements are effective for fiscal 2003
     and are included in Note 12 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

o    In January  2003,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board issued FASB
     Interpretation No. 46,  "Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities." This
     interpretation  requires  that if a business  enterprise  has a controlling
     financial interest in a variable interest entity,  the assets,  liabilities
     and results of the  activities  of the variable  interest  entity should be
     included in consolidated  financial  statements of the business enterprise.
     This  interpretation  applies  immediately  to variable  interest  entities
     created after January 31, 2003. For variable  interest  entities created or
     acquired prior to February 1, 2003,  the provisions of this  interpretation
     were effective  beginning in our third quarter of fiscal 2003. We currently
     do  not  have  any  financial   interest  in  variable  interest  entities.
     Therefore,  the  adoption  of this  Interpretation  did not have a material
     impact on our financial position or results of operations.

o    In December 2002, the Financial  Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No.
     148, "Accounting for Stock-Based  Compensation-Transition and Disclosure an
     amendment of FASB Statement No. 123." This  statement  amends SFAS No. 123,
     "Accounting for Stock-Based  Compensation," to provide  alternative methods
     of  transition  for a voluntary  change to the fair value  based  method of
     accounting  for  stock-based  employee  compensation.   In  addition,  this
     statement  amends the  disclosure  requirements  of SFAS No. 123 to require
     prominent disclosures in both annual and interim financial statements about
     the method of accounting  for  stock-based  employee  compensation  and the
     effect of the method used on reported  results.  The provisions  under this
     statement  are effective  for fiscal 2003.  The adoption of the  disclosure
     requirements  of SFAS  No.  148  did  not  have a  material  impact  on our
     financial position and results of operations.

RECLASSIFICATIONS

Certain amounts in prior years' consolidated  financial  statements and notes to
consolidated  financial  statements  have been  reclassified  to  conform to the
fiscal 2003 presentation.  Net operating results have not been affected by these
reclassifications.

Note 2.  Financial Instruments
- ------------------------------

CASH EQUIVALENTS

Our policy is to diversify our investment  portfolio to minimize our exposure to
principal that could arise from credit,  geographic and investment  sector risk.
At May 25, 2003,  investments were placed with a variety of different  financial
institutions and other issuers.  Investments with maturity of less than one year
have a rating of A1/P1 or better.  Investments  with  maturity  of more than one
year have a minimum rating of AA/Aa2.
     At May 25,  2003,  our cash  equivalents  consisted  of the  following  (in
millions): bank time deposits ($16.5), institutional money market funds ($733.8)
and commercial paper ($4.7). At May 26, 2002, our cash equivalents  consisted of
the following (in millions):  bank time deposits ($178.0),  institutional  money
market funds ($167.0) and commercial paper ($278.2).

<PAGE>

Marketable investments at fiscal year-end comprised:
(In Millions)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                        Gross         Gross
                                                          Amortized     Unrealized    Unrealized    Estimated
                                                          Cost          Gains         Losses        Fair Value
                                                          ------------- ------------- ------------- -------------
2003
<S>                                                        <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
SHORT-TERM MARKETABLE INVESTMENTS
  Available-for-sale securities:
    Callable agencies                                          $112.8        $  0.4           -          $113.2
                                                          ------------- ------------- ------------- -------------
Total short-term marketable investments                        $112.8        $  0.4           -          $113.2
                                                          ============= ============= ============= =============

LONG-TERM MARKETABLE INVESTMENTS
Available-for-sale securities:
    Equity securities                                         $   0.8        $  2.9           -         $   3.7
                                                          ------------- ------------- ------------- -------------
Total long-term marketable investments                        $   0.8        $  2.9           -         $   3.7
                                                          ============= ============= ============= =============

2002
SHORT-TERM MARKETABLE INVESTMENTS
  Available-for-sale securities:
    Callable agencies                                          $134.5        $  0.5           -          $135.0
    Corporate bonds                                              18.0           0.1           -            18.1
                                                          ------------- ------------- ------------- -------------
Total short-term marketable investments                        $152.5        $  0.6           -          $153.1
                                                          ============= ============= ============= =============

LONG-TERM MARKETABLE INVESTMENTS
  Available-for-sale securities:
    Debt securities:
      Government debt securities                               $ 10.0        $  -             -          $ 10.0
                                                          ------------- ------------- ------------- -------------

    Equity securities                                             8.8          38.9         $(1.3)         46.4
                                                          ------------- ------------- ------------- -------------
Total long-term marketable investments                         $ 18.8         $38.9         $(1.3)       $ 56.4
                                                          ============= ============= ============= =============
</TABLE>

     Net unrealized  gains on  available-for-sale  securities of $3.3 million at
May 25, 2003 and $38.2  million at May 26,  2002,  are  included in  accumulated
other comprehensive loss. The related tax effects are not significant. Long-term
marketable  investments of $3.6 million at May 25, 2003 and $56.4 million at May
26, 2002 are included in other assets.
     Since fiscal  2001,  our debt  securities  portfolio  has included  various
government  agency  callable  bonds with call dates of three  months.  In fiscal
2003,  we  began  classifying  these  callable  bonds as  short-term  marketable
investments,  since the  agencies  have  typically  repaid the face value of the
bonds on the call dates. Prior year information has been reclassified to conform
to the fiscal 2003 presentation.

Scheduled maturities of investments in debt securities were:
                                                          (In Millions)
                                                        ----------------
  2005                                                     $  10.1
  2006                                                       103.1
                                                        ----------------
Total                                                       $113.2
                                                        ================

     Gross realized gains on available-for-sale securities were $11.6 million in
fiscal  2003,  $8.1  million  in 2002 and $25.5  million  in 2001.  We  realized
impairment  losses  for  other  than  temporary  declines  in the fair  value of
available-for-sale  securities  of $1.6 million in fiscal 2003,  $0.2 million in
fiscal 2002 and $4.2 million in fiscal 2001. For nonmarketable  investments,  we
recognized  impairment  losses of $11.6 million in fiscal 2003 and $12.7 million
in fiscal 2001. No such losses were recognized in fiscal 2002.  While there were
no gross  realized  gains from  nonmarketable  investments  in fiscal  2003,  we
recognized gross realized gains of $1.5 million in fiscal 2002 and $22.4 million
in 2001.  These gains came primarily from the sale of shares in connection  with
initial public offerings and acquisitions by third parties.
<PAGE>

DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The objective of our foreign exchange risk management  policy is to preserve the
U.S.  dollar  value of  after-tax  cash inflow in  relation  to non-U.S.  dollar
currency  movements.  We are exposed to foreign currency exchange rate risk that
is  inherent  in  orders,  sales,  cost  of  sales,  expenses,  and  assets  and
liabilities  denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. We enter into
foreign exchange  contracts,  primarily forwards and purchased options, to hedge
against exposure to changes in foreign currency exchange rates.  These contracts
are matched at  inception to the related  foreign  currency  exposures  that are
being hedged.  Exposures  which are hedged  include sales by  subsidiaries,  and
assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Our
foreign currency hedges typically mature within one year.
     We measure hedge  effectiveness  for foreign currency forward  contracts by
comparing the cumulative change in the hedge contract with the cumulative change
in the hedged  item,  both of which are based on forward  rates.  For  purchased
options,  we measure hedge effectiveness by the change in the option's intrinsic
value,  which represents the change in the forward rate relative to the option's
strike price.  Any changes in the time value of the option are excluded from the
assessment of effectiveness of the hedge and recognized in current earnings.
     We designate  derivative  instruments  that are used to hedge  exposures to
variability  in  expected  future  foreign  denominated  cash flows as cash flow
hedges. We record the effective portion of the gains or losses on the derivative
instrument in accumulated other  comprehensive  loss as a separate  component of
shareholders equity and reclassify amounts into earnings in the period when the
hedged transaction affects earnings.  For cash flow hedges the maximum length of
time we hedge our exposure is 3 to 6 months.  Derivative instruments that we use
to hedge exposures to reduce or eliminate  changes in the fair value of an asset
or  liability  denominated  in foreign  currency  are  designated  as fair value
hedges. The gain or loss on the derivative instrument, as well as the offsetting
gain or loss on the hedged item  attributable to the hedged risk, is included in
selling,  general and  administrative  expenses.  The  effective  portion of all
changes  in these  derivative  instruments  is  reported  in the same  financial
statement line item as the changes in the hedged item.
     We are  also  exposed  to  variable  cash  flow  that  is  inherent  in our
variable-rate  debt.  We use an  interest  rate  swap to  convert  the  variable
interest payments to fixed interest payments.  We designate this derivative as a
cash flow hedge.  For interest  rate swaps,  the critical  terms of the interest
rate  swap and  hedged  item are  designed  to match up,  enabling  us to assume
effectiveness  under SFAS No. 133. We recognize  amounts as interest  expense as
cash settlements are paid or received.
     We report hedge  ineffectiveness from foreign currency derivatives for both
forward   contracts   and   options  in  current   earnings.   We  also   report
ineffectiveness  related  to  interest  rate swaps in  current  earnings.  Hedge
ineffectiveness  was not material  for fiscal 2003 or 2002.  No cash flow hedges
were terminated as a result of forecasted transactions that did not occur.
     At May 25, 2003,  the estimated net amount of existing gains or losses from
cash flow hedges expected to be reclassified  into earnings within the next year
was $0.2 million.  We recognized a $0.5 million net realized loss from cash flow
hedges and a $1.3  million net  realized  gain from fair value  hedges in fiscal
2003.  For fiscal 2002, we recognized  net realized  losses of $0.2 million from
cash flow hedges and $0.5 million from fair value hedges.

FAIR VALUE AND NOTIONAL PRINCIPAL OF DERIVATIVE SHEET FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The table  below  shows the fair  value and  notional  principal  of  derivative
financial  instruments  as of May  25,  2003  and  May 26,  2002.  The  notional
principal amounts for derivative  financial  instruments  provide one measure of
the  transaction  volume  outstanding  as of year-end and do not  represent  the
amount of the exposure to credit or market loss. The estimates of fair value are
based on applicable and commonly used pricing models using prevailing  financial
market  information  as of May 25,  2003 and May 26,  2002.  The  fair  value of
interest rate swap agreements  represents the estimated  amount we would receive
or pay to terminate the agreements  taking into  consideration  current interest
rates. The fair value of forward foreign currency exchange contracts  represents
the present value  difference  between the stated forward  contract rate and the
current market forward rate at  settlement.  The fair value of foreign  currency
option contracts  represents the probable weighted net amount we would expect to
receive at maturity.  The credit risk amount shown in the table  represents  the
gross  exposure  to  potential  accounting  loss on  these  transactions  if all
counterparties  failed to perform according to the terms of the contract,  based
on the then-current  currency  exchange rate or interest rate at each respective
date. Although the following table reflects the notional  principal,  fair value
and credit risk amounts of the  derivative  financial  instruments,  it does not
reflect the gains or losses  associated with the exposures and transactions that
the  derivative  financial  instruments  are  intended  to  hedge.  The  amounts
ultimately  realized upon  settlement of these financial  instruments,  together
with the gains and losses on the  underlying  exposures,  will  depend on actual
market conditions during the remaining life of the instruments.
<PAGE>

                                 Carrying       Notional    Estimated    Credit
(In Millions)                     Amount       Principal    Fair Value   Risk
                                -----------   ----------- ------------- --------
2003
INTEREST RATE INSTRUMENTS
Swaps:
 Variable to fixed               $(0.1)         $19.9       $(0.1)        $ -
                                ===========   =========== ============= ========

FOREIGN EXCHANGE INSTRUMENTS
Forward contracts:
To sell dollars:
  Pound sterling                 $  -           $  6.3      $  -          $  -
  Singapore dollar                  -              4.5         -             -
                                -------------- ----------- ------------- -------
          Total                  $  -            $10.8      $  -          $  -
                                ============== =========== ============= =======

Purchased options:
  Japanese yen                     $0.2          $23.0        $0.2          $0.2
                                ============ =========== ============= =========

2002
INTEREST RATE INSTRUMENTS
Swaps:
 Variable to fixed                 $ -            $18.2       $ -           $ -
                                ============== =========== ============= =======

FOREIGN EXCHANGE INSTRUMENTS
Forward contracts:
To sell dollars:
  Pound sterling                   $0.1         $  6.5        $0.1          $0.1
  Singapore dollar                  -              4.4         0.1           0.1
                                ------------ ----------- ------------- ---------
          Total                    $0.1          $10.9        $0.2          $0.2
                                ============== =========== ============= =======

Purchased options:
  Japanese yen                     $ -            $23.0       $ -           $ -
                                ============== =========== ============= =======

CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK

Financial  instruments that may subject us to  concentrations of credit risk are
primarily investments and trade receivables. Our investment policy requires cash
investments to be placed with high-credit quality  counterparties and limits the
amount of investments  with any one financial  institution or direct issuer.  We
sell our products to distributors and original equipment  manufacturers involved
in a  variety  of  industries  including  computers  and  peripherals,  wireless
communications,   automotive  and  networking.   We  perform  continuing  credit
evaluations of our customers  whenever necessary and we generally do not require
collateral.  Our top ten customers combined represented approximately 40 percent
of total accounts  receivable at May 25, 2003, and  approximately  38 percent at
May 26, 2002. In fiscal 2003,  we had two  distributors  who each  accounted for
approximately  10  percent  of total  net  sales.  In  fiscal  2002,  one of our
distributors accounted for approximately 10 percent of total net sales. Sales to
these distributors are mostly for our Analog Segment products,  but also include
some sales for our other operating segment products.  Historically,  we have not
experienced  significant losses related to receivables from individual customers
or groups of customers in any particular industry or geographic area.

Note 3.  Cost Reduction Programs and Restructuring of Operations
- ----------------------------------------------------------------

Fiscal 2003
Included  as a  component  of special  items in the  consolidated  statement  of
operations for fiscal 2003, we reported net charges of $43.6 million  related to
the actions described below:

<PAGE>
     In May 2003, we announced that we were on schedule in implementing a series
of strategic  profit-improvement  actions that were  launched in February  2003.
These  actions  are  designed  to  streamline  our cost  structure  and  enhance
shareholder   value  by  prioritizing  R&D  spending  on  higher-margin   analog
businesses.  As part of that  plan,  we  indicated  we  would  seek to sell  the
information  appliance business,  primarily  consisting of the GeodeTM family of
products,  and our cellular baseband business.  We indicated that we expected to
complete the sales within the following 3 to 6 months.  Since February,  we have
conferred with several prospective buyers of the information  appliance business
and in May we indicated that we were actively  pursuing a sale of that business.
At the  same  time we also  announced  the  immediate  closure  of the  cellular
baseband business. In connection with these activities, we reduced our worldwide
workforce by 336 positions for the business units  affected and related  support
functions, as well as for various infrastructure  reductions consistent with our
overall  profit-improvement  objectives.  This was in addition to a reduction of
424 employees from our worldwide workforce action announced in February 2003 due
to a  realignment  of personnel  resources  for various  manufacturing,  product
development   and  support  areas.   These   workforce   reductions   should  be
substantially  completed  by the end of the first  quarter  of fiscal  2004.  In
connection  with  these  actions,  we  recorded  a charge  of $45.7  million  as
described in the following table:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

(In Millions)                                    Information   Enterprise     Enhanced
                                   Analog        Appliance     Networking     Solutions
                                   Segment       Segment       Segment        Segment       All Others     Total
                                   ------------- ------------- -------------- ------------- -------------- -------------
<S>                                      <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>           <C>            <C>
Severance                                $ 8.5         $ 1.8         $ 1.3          $ 0.4         $19.2          $31.2
Exit related costs                         2.1           -             -              -             0.3            2.4
Asset write-off                            8.6           -             -              -             3.5           12.1
                                   ------------- ------------- -------------- ------------- -------------- -------------
                                         $19.2         $ 1.8         $ 1.3          $ 0.4         $23.0          $45.7
                                   ============= ============= ============== ============= ============== =============
</TABLE>

Noncash charges related to the write-offs of certain assets, primarily equipment
and technology  licenses that were dedicated to the cellular baseband  business.
Other exit costs  primarily  represent  facility  lease  obligations  related to
closure of sales offices and design  centers that  occurred  prior to the end of
the fiscal year. We also completed  certain  activities by the end of the fiscal
year that reduced our estimate for an environmental  liability for costs related
to a prior exit action, which resulted in a credit of $2.1 million.  This credit
partially offset the charges for the fiscal 2003 actions.
     In February 2003, we also  restructured our existing  technology  licensing
agreement,  and  entered  into  a new  long-term  technology  and  manufacturing
agreement,  with  Taiwan  Semiconductor   Manufacturing  Corporation.   The  new
arrangement establishes TSMC as our supplier of wafers for products with feature
sizes at and below  0.15-micron.  Under the new  arrangement,  we no longer  are
required  to pay TSMC any  further  licensing  fees for  access  to its  process
technologies.  We recorded a $5.0  million  charge  included in R&D expenses for
impairment of licensed technology  associated with the TSMC technology licensing
agreement  that  was  revised.  Because  of the  revision  and  the  new  supply
arrangement  with TSMC,  we no longer  intend to transfer any further  processes
from TSMC to our Maine manufacturing facility.

FISCAL 2002
Included  as a  component  of special  items in the  consolidated  statement  of
operations for fiscal 2002, we reported a net charge of $8.0 million  related to
the actions described below:
     In May 2002,  we announced a plan to  reposition  our  resources and reduce
costs.  The plan scaled back efforts in some wireless  networking  technologies,
such as the IEEE 802.11  technology  standard,  and narrowed  investment  in the
set-top  box  portion of the  information  appliance  business.  We  reallocated
investment  to support  what we saw as  growing  opportunities  in the  wireless
handset and flat-panel  display  markets,  and our broadening  capability in the
analog power management area. We also shifted more sales and marketing resources
to the Asia  Pacific  region to support  the sales  growth we are seeing in that
region. The plan resulted in a net reduction of approximately 150 positions from
our global  workforce,  which was completed in fiscal 2003.  In connection  with
these actions,  we recorded a charge of $12.5 million.  The charge included $8.5
million  for  severance,  $3.2  million  for other exit  related  costs and $0.8
million for the write-off of equipment  related to activity that was  eliminated
as part of the  repositioning.  Other  exit  costs  represented  facility  lease
obligations  related to closure of sales  offices  and design  centers.  Noncash
charges related to write-off of equipment. The total charge was partially offset
by a credit of $4.5 million of remaining reserves that were no longer needed for
previously  announced  actions  because the activities  were completed in fiscal
2002 at a lower cost than originally estimated.
<PAGE>

FISCAL 2001

Included  as a  component  of special  items in the  consolidated  statement  of
operations for fiscal 2001, we reported a net charge of $35.7 million  comprised
of the items described below:
     In May 2001,  we  announced a  cost-reduction  program  that  included  the
elimination of approximately 790 positions worldwide.  This action was taken due
to continued  weakness in the  semiconductor  industry during the second half of
fiscal 2001. As a result, we recorded a net charge of $33.4 million.  The charge
included $25.5 million for severance,  $4.2 million for other exit related costs
and $4.8 million for the  write-off of  equipment  related to activity  that was
eliminated  as part of the  cost-reduction  program.  The charge  was  partially
offset  by a  credit  of $1.1  million  of  residual  restructure  reserves  for
activities  that were completed in fiscal 2001. The noncash portion totaled $6.8
million,  consisting  of the write-off of equipment and $2.0 million for noncash
severance relating to stock options.
     In August 2000, we recorded a $2.3 million restructure charge in connection
with the  consolidation  of our  wafer  manufacturing  operations  in  Greenock,
Scotland. This charge represented additional severance costs associated with the
termination  of certain  employees who were  originally  scheduled to depart the
company upon final closure of the 4-inch wafer fabrication facility. The closure
of the 4-inch  wafer  fabrication  facility  and the  transfer of  products  and
processes  to the  6-inch  wafer  fabrication  facility  at the same  site  were
substantially completed by the end of September 2000.

SUMMARY OF ACTIVITIES

The following  table  provides a summary of the  activities  related to our cost
reduction and  restructuring  actions  included in accrued  liabilities  for the
years ended May 25, 2003 and May 26, 2002:

                                                     Other Exit
(In Millions)                       Severance          Costs           Total
                                   -------------- --------------- --------------

Balance at May 28, 2000               $  3.1          $16.0          $ 19.1
Cash payments                          (11.6)          (6.1)          (17.7)
Cost reduction program charges          25.8            4.2            30.0
Credit for residual reserves             -             (1.1)           (1.1)
                                   -------------- --------------- --------------
Balance at May 27, 2001                 17.3           13.0            30.3
Cash payments                          (14.6)          (6.2)          (20.8)
Cost reduction program charges           8.5            3.2            11.7
Credit for residual reserves            (2.6)          (2.2)           (4.8)
                                   -------------- --------------- --------------
Balance at May 26, 2002                  8.6            7.8            16.4
Cash payments                          (22.3)          (2.4)          (24.7)
Cost reduction program charges          31.2            2.4            33.6
                                   -------------- --------------- --------------
Balance at May 25, 2003                $17.5            7.8          $ 25.3
                                   ============== =============== ==============

     During fiscal 2003, we paid  severance to 537 employees in connection  with
the cost reduction actions announced in February and May of fiscal 2003. Amounts
paid for other exit-related costs during fiscal 2003 were primarily for payments
under lease  obligations  and facility  clean-up costs  associated with previous
restructuring actions.

Note 4.  Acquisitions
- ---------------------

FISCAL 2003

In late August 2002,  we completed  the  acquisition  of  DigitalQuake,  Inc., a
development  stage  enterprise  engaged in the development of flat panel display
products  located  in  Campbell,  California.  The  addition  of  DigitalQuake's
capabilities and products, which include a fourth-generation scaling solution, a
triple analog-to-digital  converter and an advanced digital video interface with
encryption/decryption  technologies,  should  help us  provide a broad  range of
system solutions for flat panel display applications.

<PAGE>
     The purchase was completed through a step-acquisition  where during the six
months  prior to the  closing we  acquired  approximately  a 30  percent  equity
interest  through  investments  totaling  $6.4  million.  In  August  2002,  the
remaining  equity  interest was acquired for additional  consideration  of $14.8
million.  Of  this  amount,  we paid  $12.7  million  upon  the  closing  of the
transaction and recorded the remaining liability of $2.1 million to be paid in 2
installments  over the next two years.  We allocated  $18.6 million of the total
purchase price to developed technology, $1.9 million to net tangible assets, and
$0.7 million to in-process research and development. The in-process research and
development was expensed upon completion of the acquisition and is included as a
component  of special  items in the  consolidated  statement of  operations  for
fiscal 2003. No amounts were allocated to goodwill since this development  stage
enterprise  was not  considered  a  business.  The  developed  technology  is an
intangible  asset that is being amortized over its estimated  useful life of six
years.
     Employees  and  former  shareholders  of  DigitalQuake  will  also  receive
additional  contingent  consideration  of up to $9.9 million if certain  revenue
targets  are  achieved  over  the  24  months  following  the  acquisition.  The
contingent consideration will be recognized when it is probable that the revenue
targets will be achieved. Of the total contingent consideration, $5.7 million is
also  contingent  on  future  employment  and will be  treated  as  compensation
expense.  The remainder  will be treated as an  additional  part of the purchase
price.

FISCAL 2002

In April 2002,  we  acquired  the  Finnish  company  Fincitec Oy and its related
company,  ARSmikro OU, based in Estonia.  These companies  develop  low-voltage,
low-power application specific integrated circuits for battery-powered  devices.
This  acquisition was done to strengthen our development  capabilities for power
management  circuits  and help us expand our suite of  integrated  and  discrete
silicon solutions for portable devices,  including cell phones, personal digital
assistants,  digital cameras and other such electronic devices.  The acquisition
was  accounted  for using the  purchase  method  with a purchase  price of $15.6
million for all of the  outstanding  shares of the  combined  companies'  common
stock. In connection with the acquisition, we recorded a $0.2 million in-process
research  and  development  charge,  which is included as a component of special
items in the consolidated statement of operations for fiscal 2002. The remainder
of the purchase  price was allocated to net assets of $1.0  million,  intangible
assets of $0.8 million and goodwill of $13.6 million based on fair values.
     In June 2001,  we acquired  Wireless  Solutions  Sweden AB, a developer  of
wireless   solutions  ranging  from  telemetry  to  mobile  phones  to  wireless
networking,  including  Bluetooth.  We made this  acquisition to help us deliver
complete wireless  reference designs,  including silicon chipsets,  hardware and
software.  The  acquisition  was accounted for using the purchase  method with a
purchase  price of $27.7 million for all of the  outstanding  shares of Wireless
Solutions common stock. In connection with the  acquisition,  we recorded a $1.1
million  in-process  research  and  development  charge,  which is included as a
component  of special  items in the  consolidated  statement of  operations  for
fiscal  2002.  The  remainder  of  the  purchase  price  was  allocated  to  net
liabilities of $1.0 million and goodwill of $27.6 million based on fair values.

FISCAL 2001

In February 2001, we acquired  innoComm  Wireless,  a developer of solutions for
wireless  connectivity  based in San  Diego,  California.  The  acquisition  was
intended to  complement  our  existing  base of design and product  expertise in
wireless  networking  applications.  The acquisition was accounted for using the
purchase method with a purchase price of $118.8  million.  Of the total purchase
price,  $74.3  million was paid in cash upon the closing of the  transaction.  A
liability of $44.5 million was recorded, primarily representing two installments
to be paid twelve and  twenty-four  months after the closing date. In connection
with the  acquisition,  we  recorded a $12.1  million  in-process  research  and
development  charge,  which is included as a component  of special  items in the
consolidated  statement  of  operations  for fiscal 2001.  The  remainder of the
purchase price was allocated to net assets of $0.2 million and intangible assets
of $106.5 million based on fair values.  The intangible assets consist primarily
of goodwill. Under terms of employee retention arrangements,  we paid a total of
$18.3  million to  innoComm  employees  upon the  completion  of their first and
second  year  service  anniversaries.  These  amounts  were  charged  ratably to
operations over the related service periods.
     In July 2000, we acquired the business and assets of Vivid Semiconductor, a
semiconductor  company based in Chandler,  Arizona.  Vivid has  technologies and
analog  engineering  resources which increase our strengths in creating  silicon
solutions for flat-panel display applications. The acquisition was accounted for
using the purchase  method with a purchase  price of $25.1  million in cash.  In
connection with the acquisition,  we recorded a $4.1 million in-process research
and development charge, which is included as a component of special items in the
consolidated  statement  of  operations  for fiscal 2001.  The  remainder of the
purchase price was allocated to net assets of $1.3 million and intangible assets
of $19.7 million based on fair values.  The intangible  assets consist primarily
of goodwill.
     The amount allocated to the in-process  research and development charge for
each of these  acquisitions  was  determined  through an  established  valuation
technique used in the high  technology  industry.  The research and  development
charge was expensed upon acquisition because  technological  feasibility had not
been  established  and no  alternative  uses exist.  The costs of  research  and
development to bring the products to technological  feasibility are not expected
to have a material  impact on future  operating  results.
     Pro forma results of operations related to these acquisitions have not been
presented  since the results of their  operations were immaterial in relation to
National.
<PAGE>

Note 5.  Consolidated Financial Statement Details
- -------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

(In Millions)                                                                  2003           2002
                                                                         -------------- ---------------
<S>                                                                        <C>           <C>
RECEIVABLE ALLOWANCES
Doubtful accounts                                                        $     6.7     $      7.5
Returns and allowances                                                        31.5           30.3
                                                                         -------------- ---------------
Total receivable allowances                                              $    38.2      $    37.8
                                                                         ============== ===============

INVENTORIES
Raw materials                                                            $     8.1      $     6.4
Work in process                                                               89.2           86.9
Finished goods                                                                44.9           51.7
                                                                         -------------- ---------------
Total inventories                                                          $ 142.2       $  145.0
                                                                         ============== ===============

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Land                                                                      $   23.3      $    23.3
Buildings and improvements                                                   520.6          524.2
Machinery and equipment                                                    1,847.5        1,774.1
Internal-use software                                                        141.6           87.5
Construction in progress                                                      30.6           47.8
                                                                         -------------- ---------------
Total property, plant and equipment                                        2,563.6        2,456.9
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization                             1,882.9        1,719.8
                                                                         -------------- ---------------
Property, plant and equipment, net                                        $  680.7       $  737.1
                                                                         ============== ===============

ACCRUED EXPENSES
Payroll and employee related                                              $   91.3       $  115.6
Cost reduction charges and restructuring of operations                        25.3           16.4
Software license obligations                                                  31.1            -
Other                                                                         60.8           94.7
                                                                         -------------- ---------------
Total accrued expenses                                                    $  208.5       $  226.7
                                                                         ============== ===============

ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
Unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities                         $     3.3       $   38.2
Minimum pension liability                                                   (117.4)         (59.9)
Unrealized loss on cash flow hedges                                           (0.2)          (0.4)
                                                                         -------------- ---------------
                                                                           $(114.3)      $  (22.1)
                                                                         ============== ===============
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


(In Millions)                                                   2003          2002          2001
                                                                ------------- ------------- --------------
<S>                                                             <C>             <C>             <C>
SPECIAL ITEMS - Income (expense)
Cost reduction charges and restructuring of operations            $(43.6)       $ (8.0)      $ (35.7)
In-process research and development charges                         (0.7)         (1.3)        (16.2)
                                                                ------------- ------------- --------------
                                                                  $(44.3)       $ (9.3)      $ (51.9)
                                                                ============= ============= ==============


(In Millions)                                                   2003          2002          2001
                                                                ------------- ------------- --------------

INTEREST INCOME, NET
Interest income                                                   $  15.6       $  25.2       $  57.3
Interest expense                                                     (1.5)         (3.9)         (5.3)
                                                                ------------- ------------- --------------
Interest income, net                                              $  14.1       $  21.3       $  52.0
                                                                ============= ============= ==============

(In Millions)                                                    2003          2002          2001
                                                                 ------------- ------------- --------------

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE), NET
Net intellectual property income                                  $    6.8       $  11.6      $    6.3
Net gain (loss) on investments, net                                   (1.6)          9.4          30.6
Share in net losses of equity-method investments                     (15.9)         (7.3)         (3.6)
Other                                                                 (2.2)         (0.6)         (3.5)
                                                                 ------------- ------------- --------------
Total other income(expense), net                                   $ (12.9)      $  13.1       $  29.8
                                                                 ============= ============= ==============
</TABLE>


     Beginning in fiscal 2003, our share in net losses of investments  accounted
for under the equity method is included in other income  (expense),  net.  Other
income  (expense),  net for fiscal 2002 and 2001 has been  conformed  to reflect
this change.

Note 6.  Goodwill and Intangible Assets
- ---------------------------------------

The following table provides changes in goodwill by reportable segment:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

(In Millions)                                                         Enterprise
                                                     Analog Segment   Networking
                                                                        Segment         Total
                                                     --------------- -------------- --------------
<S>                                                       <C>               <C>          <C>
Balances at May 27, 2001                                  $130.4            $1.7         $132.1
Goodwill acquired during fiscal 2002                        41.2             -             41.2
- ---------------------------------------------------- --------------- -------------- --------------
Balances at May 26, 2002                                   171.6             1.7          173.3
No goodwill was acquired during fiscal 2003                  -               -              -
- ---------------------------------------------------- --------------- -------------- --------------
Balances at May 25, 2003                                  $171.6            $1.7         $173.3
                                                     =============== ============== ==============
</TABLE>

Other intangible assets,  which are included in other assets in the accompanying
consolidated  balance sheet and will continue to be amortized,  consisted of the
following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      Weighted-Average             Weighted-Average
                                                                       Amortization                 Amortization
                                                                          Period                       Period
(In Millions)                                                            (Years)                       (Years)
                                                          2003                           2002
                                                     ---------------- --------------- ------------ ----------------
<S>                                                        <C>                <C>            <C>           <C>
Patents                                                    $ 4.9              5.0            $4.9          5.0
Unpatented technology                                       18.6              5.8             0.8          2.4
                                                     ----------------                 ------------
                                                            23.5                              5.7
Less accumulated amortization                                5.3                              1.7
                                                     ----------------                 ------------
                                                           $18.2              5.7            $4.0          4.6
                                                     ================                 ============
</TABLE>

We expect amortization expense in the following fiscal years to be:

                                          (In Millions)
                                          ----------------
2004                                       $ 4.3
2005                                         4.0
2006                                         3.2
2007                                         3.0
2008                                         3.0
Thereafter                                   0.7
                                          ----------------
                                           $18.2
                                          ================

<PAGE>

Amortization expense was:

(In Millions)                              2003         2002           2001
                                          ------------ ----------- -----------
Goodwill amortization                      $   -        $   -      $   13.0
Patent and technology amortization             3.6          0.9         0.8
                                          ------------ ----------- -----------
Total amortization                          $  3.6       $  0.9    $   13.8
                                          ============ =========== ===========

Adjusted  net  income  (loss)  and net  income  (loss)  per share  exclusive  of
amortization expense related to goodwill was:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

(In Millions)                                              2003         2002        2001
                                                        ------------ ----------- -----------
<S>                                                         <C>         <C>          <C>
Net income (loss), as reported                              $(33.3)     $(121.9)     $245.7
Add back:
  Goodwill amortization                                        -            -          13.0
                                                        ------------ ----------- -----------
Net income (loss) - adjusted                                $(33.3)     $(121.9)     $258.7
                                                        ============ =========== ===========

Basic earnings (loss) per share, as reported               $ (0.18)     $ (0.69)     $ 1.40
Add back:
  Goodwill amortization                                       -            -           0.07
                                                        ------------ ----------- -----------
Basic earnings (loss) per share - adjusted                 $ (0.18)     $ (0.69)     $ 1.47
                                                        ============ =========== ===========

Diluted earnings (loss) per share, as reported             $ (0.18)     $ (0.69)     $ 1.30
Add back:
  Goodwill amortization                                       -            -           0.07
                                                        ------------ ----------- -----------
Diluted earnings (loss) per share - adjusted               $ (0.18)     $ (0.69)    $  1.37
                                                        ============ =========== ===========
</TABLE>

Note 7.  Debt
- -------------

Debt at fiscal year-end consisted of the following:

(In Millions)                                            2003          2002
                                                      ------------- ------------
Unsecured promissory note at 1.2%                        $19.9         $18.2
Notes secured by equipment at 7.0% - 8.0%                  2.1           6.8
Other                                                      0.2           0.9
                                                      ------------- ------------
Total debt                                                22.2          25.9
Less current portion of long-term debt                     2.3           5.5
                                                      ------------- ------------
Long-term debt                                           $19.9         $20.4
                                                      ============= ============

     The unsecured  promissory note, due August 2004, is denominated in Japanese
yen  (2,408,750,000).  Interest  is  based  on 1.125  percent  over the  3-month
Japanese LIBOR rate and is reset quarterly.  Under the terms of the note, we are
also  required to comply with the  covenants  set forth under our  multicurrency
credit agreement.
     Notes secured by equipment are collateralized by the underlying  equipment.
Under the terms of the  agreements,  principal and interest are due monthly over
original  maturity  periods that range from four to five years. One of the notes
was fully repaid in fiscal 2003.  The remaining  note is due November  2003. The
financing agreement relating to the remaining note contains certain covenant and
default  provisions  that require us to maintain a certain level of tangible net
worth and permit the lenders  cross-acceleration  rights  against  certain other
credit  facilities.  At May 25, 2003 we were in  compliance  with all  covenants
under the agreement.
<PAGE>

Our outstanding debt obligations mature in future fiscal years as follows:

                    (In Millions)                         Total Debt
                                                          -------------------
                                                          -------------------

                    2004                                        $  2.3
                    2005                                          19.9
                                                          -------------------
                    Total                                        $22.2
                                                          ===================

     We have a  multicurrency  credit  agreement  with a bank that  provides for
multicurrency  loans, letters of credit and standby letters of credit. The total
amount of credit under the agreement is $20 million.  The  agreement  expires in
October 2003, and we expect to renew or replace it prior to  expiration.  At May
25,  2003,  we had  utilized  $12.0  million of the credit  available  under the
agreement. This agreement contains restrictive covenants, conditions and default
provisions  that,  among other terms,  restrict payment of dividends and require
the maintenance of financial ratios and certain levels of tangible net worth. At
May 25, 2003, under the most  restrictive of these covenants,  $204.3 million of
tangible net worth was  unrestricted  and  available for payment of dividends on
common stock.

Note 8.  Income Taxes
- ---------------------

Worldwide  pretax income (loss) from  operations and income taxes consist of the
following:

(In Millions)                                  2003         2002          2001
                                         ------------ ------------- ------------
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES
U.S.                                        $(75.3)     $(168.6)       $231.0
Non-U.S.                                      52.0         45.2          76.1
                                         ------------ ------------- ------------
                                            $(23.3)     $(123.4)       $307.1
                                         ============ ============= ============

INCOME TAX EXPENSE (BENEFIT)
Current:
U.S. federal, state and local              $   -       $  (26.5)      $  20.6
Non-U.S.                                       6.4          7.0          13.2
                                         ------------ ------------- ------------
                                               6.4        (19.5)         33.8
Deferred:
U.S. federal and state                         8.2         15.0          22.3
Non-U.S.                                      (4.6)         3.0           5.3
                                         ------------ ------------- ------------
                                               3.6         18.0          27.6

                                         ------------ ------------- ------------
  Income tax expense (benefit)              $ 10.0      $  (1.5)      $  61.4
                                         ============ ============= ============


<PAGE>
     The tax  effects  of  temporary  differences  that  constitute  significant
portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax  liabilities  are presented
below:

(In Millions)                                         2003           2002
                                                   -------------- --------------

DEFERRED TAX ASSETS
Reserves and accruals                                  $152.8         $136.6
Non-U.S. loss carryovers and other allowances            27.6           19.4
Federal and state credit carryovers                     221.6          302.4
Other                                                    80.5           79.6
                                                   -------------- --------------
Total gross deferred assets                             482.5          538.0
Valuation allowance                                    (395.9)        (447.3)
                                                   -------------- --------------
Net deferred assets                                      86.6           90.7
                                                   -------------- --------------
DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES
Other liabilities                                       (5.8)          (6.3)
                                                   -------------- --------------
Total deferred liabilities                              (5.8)          (6.3)
                                                   -------------- --------------
Net deferred tax assets                               $ 80.8         $ 84.4
                                                   ============== ==============

     We record a valuation allowance to reflect the estimated amount of deferred
tax assets that may not be realized.  This occurs  primarily  when net operating
losses and tax credit carryovers  expire.  The valuation  allowance for deferred
tax assets  decreased by $51.4 million in fiscal 2003 compared to an increase of
$104.4  million in fiscal 2002 and a decrease of $108.3  million in fiscal 2001.
The valuation  allowance  for deferred tax assets  includes  $134.0  million and
$125.7  million for stock option  deductions at May 25, 2003,  and May 26, 2002,
respectively.  The  benefit of these  deductions  will be  credited to equity if
realized.
     The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets depends upon the generation
of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences
become deductible.  We consider projected future taxable income and tax planning
strategies  in  making  this  assessment.  As of  May  25,  2003,  based  on the
historical  taxable  income and  projections  for future taxable income over the
periods  that the  deferred  tax  assets are  deductible,  we believe it is more
likely  than  not  that  we  will  realize  the  benefits  of  these  deductible
differences, net of valuation allowances.
     The  reconciliation  between the income tax rate  computed by applying  the
U.S. federal statutory rate and the reported worldwide tax rate follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                  2003            2002           2001
                                                                  --------------- -------------- --------------
<S>                                                                    <C>             <C>            <C>
U.S. federal statutory tax rate                                        35.0%           35.0%          35.0%
Non-U.S. losses and tax differential
   related to non-U.S. income                                          11.7             5.2           (5.6)
Tax on non-U.S. income                                                (22.2)          (26.3)           1.2
U.S. state and local taxes net of federal benefits                     (0.7)           (0.1)           0.1
Current year loss not benefited                                       (66.7)          (20.6)          (6.5)
Changes in beginning of year valuation allowances                       -               9.3           (7.8)
Other                                                                   -              (1.3)           3.6
                                                                  --------------- -------------- --------------
Effective tax rate                                                    (42.9)%           1.2%          20.0%
                                                                  =============== ============== ==============
</TABLE>
     U.S.  income  taxes  were  provided  for  deferred  taxes on  undistributed
earnings  of  non-U.S.  subsidiaries  that are not  expected  to be  permanently
reinvested  in the  subsidiaries.  There has been no provision  for U.S.  income
taxes for the  remaining  undistributed  earnings  of $479.9  million at May 25,
2003,  because we intend to reinvest these earnings  indefinitely  in operations
outside the United States. If these earnings were  distributed,  additional U.S.
taxes of $111.2 million would accrue after utilization of U.S. tax credits.
     At May  25,  2003,  we had  $165.6  million  of  U.S.  net  operating  loss
carryovers  and $268.0  million of state net operating  loss  carryovers for tax
return purposes,  which expire between 2004 and 2023. California has temporarily
suspended the ability to utilize  California net operating  loss  carryovers for
the fiscal 2004 and 2003 tax years.  We also had $149.9  million of U.S.  credit
carryovers and $71.7 million of state credit carryovers for tax return purposes,
which primarily expire between 2004 and 2023.  Included in the state tax credits
is a  California  R&D  credit of $49.9  million,  which can be  carried  forward
indefinitely.  In addition,  we had net  operating  loss and other tax allowance
carryovers of $112.2 million from certain non-U.S. jurisdictions.
     The IRS is in the  process of  examining  our tax  returns  for fiscal 1997
through 2000.  We are also  undergoing a tax audit in the  Netherlands  and from
time to time our tax returns are  audited in the U.S. by state  agencies  and at
international locations by local tax authorities.
<PAGE>

Note 9.  Shareholders' Equity
- -----------------------------

STOCK PURCHASE RIGHTS

Each  outstanding  share of common stock carries with it a stock purchase right.
The rights are issued  pursuant to a dividend  distribution  that was  initially
declared  on August 5, 1988.  If and when the rights  become  exercisable,  each
right entitles the registered  holder to purchase one  one-thousandth of a share
of  series A junior  participating  preferred  stock  at a price of  $60.00  per
one-thousandth  share,  subject to  adjustment.  The rights are  attached to all
outstanding shares of common stock and no separate rights certificates have been
distributed.
     If any  individual or group  acquires 20 percent or more of common stock or
announces a tender or exchange offer which,  if completed,  would result in that
person or group  owning at least 20  percent  of the  common  stock,  the rights
become exercisable and will detach from the common stock. If the person or group
actually acquires 20 percent or more of the common stock (except in certain cash
tender offers for all of the common  stock),  each right will entitle the holder
to purchase,  at the right's then-current exercise price, the common stock in an
amount having a market value equal to twice the exercise price.  Similarly,  if,
after the rights become  exercisable,  we merge or  consolidate  with or sell 50
percent or more of our assets or earning power to another person or entity, each
right will then  entitle the holder to  purchase,  at the  right's  then-current
exercise price, the stock of the acquiring  company in an amount having a market
value equal to twice the exercise  price.  We may redeem the rights at $0.01 per
right at any time prior to the acquisition by a person or group of 20 percent or
more of the  outstanding  common stock.  Unless they are redeemed  earlier,  the
rights will expire on August 8, 2006.

STOCK RESERVES

During fiscal 1998, we reserved 926,640 shares of common stock for issuance upon
conversion  of  convertible   subordinated  promissory  notes  issued  to  three
individuals   as  partial   consideration   for  the   acquisition   of  ComCore
Semiconductor.  During  fiscal 2000,  we issued  247,104  shares to one of these
individuals, leaving a balance in the reserve of 679,536 shares. In fiscal 2002,
we issued  617,760  shares to the remaining two  individuals as final payment on
the notes. The reserve for the remaining 61,776 shares was cancelled.
     When we merged with Cyrix in November  1997,  16.4 million shares of common
stock were issued to the holders of Cyrix common stock. In addition, we reserved
up to 2.7 million  shares of common  stock for issuance  upon  exercise of Cyrix
employee or director stock options or pursuant to Cyrix  employee  benefit plans
and up to 2.6 million  shares of common stock for issuance  upon  conversion  of
Cyrix  5.5  percent  convertible   subordinated  notes  due  June  1,  2001.  We
repurchased  substantially all of the outstanding Cyrix convertible subordinated
notes in fiscal 1998.  The last  remaining  notes were paid off in June 2001 and
the reserve held for the conversion of the notes was cancelled.
     We have not paid cash  dividends on our common stock and we currently  have
no plans in place to pay dividends.

Note 10.  Stock-Based Compensation Plans
- ----------------------------------------

STOCK OPTION PLANS

We have three stock  option  plans under which  employees  and  officers  may be
granted stock options to purchase  shares of common stock.  One plan,  which has
been in effect since 1977 when it was first approved by shareholders, authorizes
the  grant of up to  39,354,929  shares  of common  stock  for  nonqualified  or
incentive  stock  options (as defined in the U.S.  tax code) to officers and key
employees.  As of the end of fiscal 2003, only 16,343 shares remained  available
for option grants under this plan.  Another plan, which has been in effect since
1997,  authorizes  the grant of up to  70,000,000  shares  of  common  stock for
nonqualified stock options to employees who are not executive officers. There is
also an executive  officer stock option plan, which was approved by shareholders
in 2000 and which authorizes the grant of up to 6,000,000 shares of common stock
for  nonqualified  options only to executive  officers.  All plans  provide that
options are  granted at the market  price on the date of grant and can expire up
to a  maximum  of ten  years  and one day  after  grant  or three  months  after
termination  of  employment  (up to five years after  termination  due to death,
disability  or  retirement),  whichever  occurs  first.  The plans  provide that
options can vest after a six-month period, but most begin vesting after one year
and ratably thereafter.

<PAGE>
     When we merged with Cyrix in fiscal 1998,  we assumed  Cyrix's  outstanding
obligations  under its 1988  incentive  stock plan.  Each option under the Cyrix
plan  converted  into the right or option to purchase  0.825 share of our common
stock. The purchase price of the option was also adjusted  accordingly.  Options
under the Cyrix 1988  incentive  stock plan  expire up to a maximum of ten years
after grant,  subject to earlier  expiration upon termination of employment.  No
more options will be granted under the Cyrix 1988  incentive  stock plan, and at
the end of fiscal 2003, there were options  outstanding to purchase only 158,638
shares under the Cyrix plan.
     As part of the  acquisitions  of ComCore  Semiconductor  in fiscal 1998 and
Mediamatics in fiscal 1997, we assumed  ComCore's and  Mediamatics'  outstanding
obligations under their stock option plans and stock option agreements for their
employees and consultants.  ComCore and Mediamatics optionees received an option
for equivalent  shares of our common stock based on the exchange rate determined
under the applicable acquisition agreements.  The options expire up to a maximum
of ten years after grant,  subject to earlier  expiration  upon  termination  of
employment.  No more options will be granted under these stock option plans, and
at the end of fiscal  2003,  options to  purchase  only a total of 3,880  shares
remained outstanding under these plans. The Mediamatics  transaction resulted in
a new  measurement  date for these  options  and we  recorded  related  unearned
compensation  in the  amount  of $9.2  million.  Amortization  of this  unearned
compensation,  which  was  recorded  ratably  over the  vesting  period of these
options, was fully expensed by February 2001. The compensation expense for these
Mediamatics options was $1.2 million in fiscal 2001.

The following table summarizes information about options outstanding under these
plans at May 25, 2003:
<TABLE>

                                                                  Outstanding Options
<CAPTION>
                               ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                              Weighted-Average
                                                                                  Remaining
                                Range of Exercise      Number of Shares       Contractual Life       Weighted-Average
                                      Prices            (In Thousands)            (In Years)           Exercise Price
                               --------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
<S>                                 <C>                      <C>                       <C>                <C>
ComCore option plan                 $0.50-$0.77              1.0                       3.8                $0.50
Mediamatics option plan             $2.85                    2.9                       3.8                $2.85
</TABLE>

     We  have  a  director   stock  option  plan  that  was  first  approved  by
shareholders in fiscal 1998 which authorizes the grant of up to 1,000,000 shares
of common  stock to eligible  directors  who are not  employees  of the company.
Options were granted automatically upon approval of the plan by shareholders and
are granted  automatically to eligible  directors upon their  appointment to the
board and  subsequent  election  to the board by  shareholders.  Director  stock
options  vest in full after six  months.  Under this plan,  options to  purchase
345,000 shares of common stock with a weighted-average  exercise price of $27.36
and weighted-average remaining contractual life of 7.1 years were outstanding as
of May 25, 2003.
     Upon his  retirement  in May 1995,  we granted  the former  chairman of the
company an option to  purchase  300,000  shares of common  stock at $27.875  per
share.  The option was granted  outside the company's  stock option plans at the
market price on the date of grant.  It expires ten years and one day after grant
and became  exercisable  ratably  over a four-year  period.  As of May 25, 2003,
options to purchase 140,000 shares of common stock were  outstanding  under this
grant.
     In connection with the acquisition of innoComm  Wireless in fiscal 2001, we
granted  options to purchase an aggregate  of 799,339  shares of common stock at
$27.44 to three  founding  shareholders  of  innoComm.  The options were granted
outside  the stock  option  plans at the  market  price on the date of grant and
became  exercisable two years after grant. The option gave the innoComm Wireless
founding  shareholders  the right to  receive  all or a portion  of their  third
installment of the purchase price in cash or shares of common stock,  as long as
they remained employed by us. These options expired in fiscal 2003 without being
exercised.
     In connection with the DigitalQuake  acquisition in fiscal 2003, we granted
options to purchase an aggregate of 130,698  shares of common stock at $15.85 to
five founding  shareholders of DigitalQuake.  These options were granted outside
of the stock  option  plans at the market  price on the date of grant and become
exercisable  in two  equal  installments,  one and two  years  after the date of
grant.  The option gives the  DigitalQuake  founding  shareholders  the right to
receive all or a portion of their  installment  payments of the  purchase  price
paid for DigitalQuake in cash or shares of common stock, subject to the founders
remaining employed by National.
<PAGE>

     Changes in shares of common stock outstanding under the option plans during
fiscal 2003,  2002 and 2001 (but  excluding the ComCore,  Mediamatics,  innoComm
Wireless, DigitalQuake, director and former chairman options), were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                               Weighted-Average
(In Millions)                                   Number of Shares                Exercise Price
                                          ------------------------------ ------------------------------
<S>                                                     <C>                           <C>
Outstanding at May 28, 2000                             33.0                          $26.55
    Granted                                             11.5                          $27.15
    Exercised                                           (3.0)                         $13.29
    Cancelled                                           (3.0)                         $31.69
                                          ------------------------------ ------------------------------
Outstanding at May 27, 2001                             38.5                          $27.35
    Granted                                              9.8                          $32.33
    Exercised                                           (4.5)                         $18.15
    Cancelled                                           (2.3)                         $34.92
                                          ------------------------------ ------------------------------
Outstanding at May 26, 2002                             41.5                          $29.08
    Granted                                              7.1                          $15.01
    Exercised                                           (1.0)                         $14.04
    Cancelled                                           (1.8)                         $31.96
                                          ------------------------------ ------------------------------
Outstanding at May 25, 2003                             45.8                          $27.13
                                          ============================== ==============================
</TABLE>

Expiration  dates for  options  outstanding  at May 25, 2003 range from July 13,
2003 to May 19, 2013.
     The following tables summarize  information about options outstanding under
these  plans   (excluding   the   ComCore,   Mediamatics,   innoComm   Wireless,
DigitalQuake, director and former chairman options) at May 25, 2003:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                        Outstanding Options
                                                          Weighted-Average
                                                        Remaining Contractual
                                 Number of Shares               Life               Weighted-Average
Range of Exercise Prices           (In Millions)             (In Years)             Exercise Price
                              ------------------------ ------------------------ -----------------------
<C>   <C>                               <C>                      <C>                    <C>
$8.38-$13.00                            9.7                      6.3                    $12.73
$13.05-$16.05                           7.8                      6.6                    $14.60
$16.13-$25.50                           3.8                      7.1                    $19.01
$25.60-$25.95                           6.6                      7.9                    $25.95
$26.00-$33.56                           3.8                      6.7                    $28.69
$33.63-$34.20                           7.1                      8.8                    $34.19
$34.40-$78.06                           7.0                      6.9                    $58.34
                              ------------------------ ------------------------ -----------------------
Total                                  45.8                      7.2                    $27.13
                              ======================== ======================== =======================
</TABLE>

                                             Options Exerciseable
                                -----------------------------------------------
                                Number of Shares (In      Weighted-Average
Range of Exercise Prices              Millions)            Exercise Price
                                ---------------------- ------------------------

$8.38-$13.00                              7.7                  $12.77
$13.05-$16.05                             4.5                  $14.40
$16.13-$25.50                             1.6                  $19.55
$25.60-$25.95                             3.3                  $25.95
$26.00-$33.56                             2.0                  $29.25
$33.63-$34.20                             1.9                  $34.19
$34.40-$78.06                             5.2                  $58.66
                                ---------------------- ------------------------
Total                                    26.2                  $26.97
                                ====================== ========================
<PAGE>
     As of May 25, 2003,  there were 82.9 million  shares  reserved for issuance
under all option  plans,  including  31.8 million  shares  available  for future
option grants.

STOCK PURCHASE PLANS

We have an employee  stock purchase plan that has been in effect since 1977 that
authorizes  the  issuance  of up to  24,950,000  shares  of stock  in  quarterly
offerings  to eligible  employees  at a price that is equal to 85 percent of the
lower of the common  stock's fair market value at the  beginning or the end of a
quarterly  period.  We also have an employee  stock  purchase plan  available to
employees at  international  locations that has been in effect since 1994.  This
plan  authorizes  the issuance of up to  5,000,000  shares of stock in quarterly
offerings  to eligible  employees at a price equal to 85 percent of the lower of
its fair market value at the  beginning or the end of a quarterly  period.  Both
purchase  plans use a captive  broker and we  deposit  shares  purchased  by the
employee with the captive broker. In addition,  for the  international  purchase
plan, the participant's  local employer is responsible for paying the difference
between  the  purchase  price set by the  terms of the plan and the fair  market
value at the time of the  purchase.  Both  purchase  plans have been approved by
shareholders.
     Under the terms of both  purchase  plans,  we issued 2.1 million  shares in
fiscal 2003,  1.2 million shares in fiscal 2002 and 1.1 million shares in fiscal
2001  to  employees  for  $28.1  million,   $26.7  million  and  $27.3  million,
respectively.  As of May 25, 2003,  there were 5.2 million  shares  reserved for
issuance under the two stock purchase plans.

OTHER STOCK PLANS

We have a director  stock plan,  which has been approved by  shareholders,  that
authorizes  the  issuance  of up to 200,000  shares of common  stock to eligible
directors  who  are  not   employees  of  the  company.   The  stock  is  issued
automatically to eligible new directors upon their  appointment to the board and
to  all  eligible  directors  on  their  subsequent  election  to the  board  by
shareholders.  Directors  may also elect to take their annual  retainer fees for
board and  committee  membership in stock under the plan. As of May 25, 2003, we
have issued  104,176  shares  under the  director  stock plan and have  reserved
95,824 shares for future issuances.
     We have a restricted  stock plan,  which  authorizes  the issuance of up to
2,000,000  shares of  common  stock to  employees  who are not  officers  of the
company.  The plan has been made  available to a limited group of employees with
technical expertise we consider important. We issued 30,000, 112,000 and 240,000
shares  under the  restricted  stock plan  during  fiscal  2003,  2002 and 2001,
respectively. Restrictions expire over time, ranging from two to six years after
issuance. Based upon the market value on the dates of issuance, we recorded $0.5
million,  $3.1 million and $7.5 million of unearned  compensation  during fiscal
2003, 2002 and 2001,  respectively.  This unearned compensation is included as a
separate  component of shareholders'  equity in the financial  statements and is
amortized to operations ratably over the applicable  restriction  periods. As of
May 25, 2003, we have reserved  1,049,917  shares for future issuances under the
restricted  stock  plan.  Compensation  expense for fiscal  2003,  2002 and 2001
related to shares of restricted  stock, was $3.0 million,  $3.4 million and $3.0
million,  respectively.  At May 25, 2003, the  weighted-average  grant date fair
value for all outstanding shares of restricted stock was $30.94.

Note 11. Retirement and Pension Plans
- -------------------------------------

Our retirement and savings program for U.S.  employees consists of two plans, as
follows:
     The profit sharing plan requires  contributions of the greater of 5 percent
of  consolidated  net earnings  before income taxes (subject to a limit of 5% of
payroll) or 1 percent of payroll.  Contributions are made 25 percent in National
stock and 75  percent  in cash and  contributions  made in  National  stock must
remain in National  stock until the employee  leaves the company and  terminates
participation  in the plan.  Total shares  contributed  under the profit sharing
plan during fiscal 2003,  2002 and 2001 were 37,143  shares,  128,919 shares and
104,151 shares,  respectively.  As of May 25, 2003, 1.1 million shares of common
stock were reserved for future contributions.

<PAGE>

     The salary deferral 401(k) plan allows  employees to defer up to 15 percent
of their  salaries,  subject to certain  limitations,  with  partially  matching
company  contributions.  Contributions  are  invested  in one or more of fifteen
investment funds at the discretion of the employee.  One of the investment funds
is a stock fund in which  contributions are invested in National common stock at
the  discretion  of the  employee.  401(k)  investments  made by the employee in
National  stock may be sold at any time at the  employee's  direction.  Although
5,000,000  shares of common  stock are  reserved for issuance to the stock fund,
shares  purchased  to date with  contributions  have been  purchased on the open
market and we have not issued any stock directly to the stock fund.
     We also have a deferred  compensation plan, which allows highly compensated
employees (as defined by IRS  regulations)  to receive a higher  profit  sharing
plan  allocation  than would otherwise be permitted under IRS regulations and to
defer greater  percentages  of  compensation  than would  otherwise be permitted
under  the  salary  deferral  401(k)  plan  and IRS  regulations.  The  deferred
compensation plan is a nonqualified plan of deferred compensation  maintained in
a rabbi  trust.  Participants  can  direct  the  investment  of  their  deferred
compensation  plan accounts in the same  investment  funds offered by the 401(k)
plan (with the exception of the company  stock fund,  which is not available for
the nonqualified plan).

Certain of our international  subsidiaries have varying types of defined benefit
pension and retirement plans that comply with local statutes and practices.

The annual expense for all plans was as follows:

(In Millions)                                2003         2002         2001
                                         ------------- ------------ ------------
Profit sharing plan                         $  3.8        $  3.6        $19.9
Salary deferral 401(k) plan                  $12.3         $11.0        $10.6
Non-U.S. pension and retirement plans        $13.5         $10.6       $  8.3

     Defined  benefit  pension plans  maintained in the U.K.,  Germany and Japan
cover all  eligible  employees  within each  respective  country.  Pension  plan
benefits are based primarily on participants'  compensation and years of service
credited as specified under the terms of each country's plan. The funding policy
is consistent  with the local  requirements  of each country.  The plans' assets
consist  primarily of U.S. and foreign equity  securities,  bonds,  property and
cash.
     Net annual periodic  pension cost of these non U.S. defined benefit pension
plans is presented in the following table:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

(In Millions)                                                 2003              2002              2001
                                                        ----------------- ----------------- -----------------
<S>                                                            <C>               <C>               <C>
Service cost of benefits earned during the year                $4.6              $4.3              $4.1
Plan participant contributions                                 (0.8)             (0.9)             (0.7)
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation                   9.5               7.5               7.0
Expected return on plan assets                                 (6.1)             (5.3)             (5.6)
Net amortization and deferral                                   1.8               1.3               0.2
                                                        ----------------- ----------------- -----------------
Net periodic pension cost                                      $9.0              $6.9              $5.0
                                                        ================= ================= =================
</TABLE>
     Benefit  obligation  and asset data for these plans at fiscal  year-end and
details of their changes during the year are presented in the following tables:

(In Millions)                                 2003              2002
                                        ----------------- -----------------
BENEFIT OBLIGATION
   Beginning balance                          136.9            $122.9
      Service cost                              4.6               4.3
      Interest cost                             9.5               7.5
      Benefits paid                            (2.0)             (1.9)
      Actuarial loss                           32.5               2.2
      Exchange rate adjustment                 12.6               1.9
                                        ----------------- -----------------
   Ending balance                            $194.1            $136.9
                                        ================= =================

PLAN ASSETS AT FAIR VALUE
   Beginning balance                          $83.1             $75.7
      Actual return on plan assets            (18.4)             (5.3)
      Company contributions                     7.1              11.9
      Plan participant contributions            0.8               0.9
      Benefits paid                            (1.9)             (1.8)
      Exchange rate adjustment                  6.8               1.7
                                       ----------------- -----------------
   Ending balance                             $77.5             $83.1
                                       ================= =================
<PAGE>

RECONCILIATION OF FUNDED STATUS
   Fund status - Benefit obligation in
     excess of plan assets                   $116.6             $53.8
      Unrecognized net loss                  (119.2)            (59.7)
      Unrecognized net transition obligation    2.3               2.1
  Adjustment to recognize minimum liability   117.4              59.9
                                           ------------- -----------------
   Accrued pension cost                      $117.1             $56.1
                                           ============= =================

     The  projected  benefit  obligations  and net  periodic  pension  cost were
determined using the following assumptions:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                              2003              2002              2001
                                                        ----------------- ----------------- -----------------
<S>                                                         <C>  <C>          <C>  <C>          <C>  <C>
Discount rate                                               2.3%-6.3%         2.8%-6.5%         3.0%-6.5%
Rate of increase in compensation levels                     2.5%-3.8%         2.8%-3.8%         3.0%-4.3%
Expected long-term return on assets                         3.3%-7.5%         3.8%-7.5%         4.0%-7.5%
</TABLE>

     In each of the fiscal years presented,  we recorded adjustments for minimum
pension  liability to adjust the liability  related to one of our plans to equal
the amount of the unfunded  accumulated  benefit  obligation  as required by the
pension accounting  standard.  The increase in the unfunded  accumulated benefit
obligation was due to a reduction in the assumed discount rate and the effect of
some fixed rate  increases in benefits in excess of current  inflation  rates as
determined under the terms of the plan.  Concurrently,  lower than expected rate
of return on plan  assets  due to a decline  in  interest  rates and  investment
returns in the past few years also reduced plan assets.  A corresponding  amount
is  recorded  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements  as  a  component  of
accumulated other comprehensive loss.

Note 12.  Commitments and Contingencies
- ---------------------------------------

COMMITMENTS

We lease certain  facilities and equipment under  operating lease  arrangements.
Rental  expenses under  operating  leases were $24.1 million,  $25.3 million and
$26.3 million in fiscal 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.
     Future minimum  commitments  under  noncancellable  operating leases are as
follows:

                                                          (In Millions)
                                                  ------------------------------
                     2004                                      $22.1
                     2005                                       17.9
                     2006                                       12.4
                     2007                                        9.3
                     2008                                        6.1
                     Thereafter                                  5.3
                                                  ------------------------------
                     Total                                     $73.1
                                                  ==============================

     As part of the  Fairchild  transaction  in fiscal  1997,  we entered into a
manufacturing  agreement with Fairchild where we committed to purchase a minimum
of $330.0  million in goods and  services  during the first 39 months  after the
transaction,  based on specified wafer prices, which are intended to approximate
market  prices.  The  agreement has been  extended  through  December 2003 under
similar  terms and we have a remaining  commitment to purchase a minimum of $2.8
million of product from Fairchild in fiscal 2004. Total purchases from Fairchild
were  $24.2  million in fiscal  2003,  $32.3  million  in fiscal  2002 and $55.4
million in fiscal 2001.
     In June 2000, we entered into a ten-year  licensing  agreement  with Taiwan
Semiconductor  Manufacturing  Company  to gain  access  to a  variety  of TSMC's
advanced  sub-micron  processes  for use in our wafer  fabrication  facility  in
Maine. The agreement  provided that total license fees of $187.0 million were to
be paid  quarterly  through April 2006. We paid license fees of $22.0 million in
fiscal 2003,  $37.0  million in fiscal 2002 and $35.0 million in fiscal 2001. In
February  2003, we  restructured  the agreement with TSMC and entered into a new
long-term  technology and manufacturing  agreement which establishes TSMC as our
supplier of wafers for  products  with  feature  sizes at or below 0.15  micron.
Under this new  arrangement,  we are no longer  required to pay TSMC any further
licensing fees for access to its process technologies.
<PAGE>

CONTINGENCIES -- LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We have  been  named  to the  National  Priorities  List  for our  Santa  Clara,
California, site and have completed a remedial  investigation/feasibility  study
with the  Regional  Water  Quality  Control  Board,  acting  as an agent for the
Federal  Environmental  Protection  Agency. We have agreed in principle with the
RWQCB to a site remediation plan. In addition to the Santa Clara site, from time
to time we have been  designated as a potentially  responsible  party by federal
and state  agencies for certain  environmental  sites with which we may have had
direct or indirect  involvement.  These  designations are made regardless of the
extent of our involvement.  These claims are in various stages of administrative
or judicial  proceedings and include  demands for recovery of past  governmental
costs and for future  investigations  and remedial  actions.  In many cases, the
dollar amounts of the claims have not been specified, and in the case of the PRP
cases, claims have been asserted against a number of other entities for the same
cost  recovery or other relief as is sought from us. We accrue costs  associated
with  environmental  matters  when they become  probable  and can be  reasonably
estimated.  The  amount of all  environmental  charges  to  earnings,  including
charges   for  the  Santa   Clara   site   remediation,   (excluding   potential
reimbursements from insurance  coverage),  were not material during fiscal 2003,
2002 and 2001.
     As part of the  disposition  in fiscal  1996 of the  Dynacraft  assets  and
business,  we retained  responsibility  for environmental  claims connected with
Dynacraft's  Santa Clara,  California,  operations  and for other  environmental
claims  arising  from  our  conduct  of  the  Dynacraft  business  prior  to the
disposition. As part of the Fairchild disposition in fiscal 1997, we also agreed
to retain liability for current remediation  projects and environmental  matters
arising from our prior operation of Fairchild's plants in South Portland, Maine;
West Jordan, Utah; Cebu, Philippines; and Penang, Malaysia; and Fairchild agreed
to arrange for and perform the remediation and cleanup.  We prepaid to Fairchild
the estimated costs of the  remediation  and cleanup and remain  responsible for
costs and expenses  incurred by Fairchild in excess of the prepaid  amounts.  To
date, our liability for these excess costs has not been material.
     In January  1999, a class action suit was filed against us and our chemical
suppliers  by  former  and  present  employees  claiming  damages  for  personal
injuries. The complaint alleges that cancer and reproductive harm were caused to
employees  exposed to  chemicals  in the  workplace.  Plaintiffs  are  presently
seeking to certify a medical monitoring class, which we are opposing.  Discovery
in the case is proceeding.
     In November  2000,  a  derivative  action was brought  against us and other
defendants  by a  shareholder  of Fairchild  Semiconductor  International,  Inc.
Plaintiff seeks recovery of alleged "short-swing" profits under section 16(b) of
the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934 from the sale by the defendants in January
2000  of  Fairchild  common  stock.  The  complaint   alleges  that  Fairchild's
conversion of preferred  stock held by the defendants at the time of Fairchild's
initial  public  offering in August 1999  constitutes a "purchase"  that must be
matched with the January 2000 sale for purposes of computing  the  "short-swing"
profits.  Plaintiff  seeks from National  alleged  recoverable  profits of $14.1
million.  In February  2002, the judge in the case granted the motion to dismiss
filed by us and our  co-defendants  and  dismissed  the  case,  ruling  that the
conversion  was done  pursuant  to a  reclassification  which is exempt from the
scope of Section  16(b).  Plaintiff  appealed the dismissal of the case and upon
appeal, the appeals court reversed the lower court's dismissal. Our petition for
a panel  rehearing  and/or  rehearing en banc was denied by the appeals court in
April 2003.  Our motion to stay the issuance of the appeals court mandate to the
district court pending our petition to the U.S.  Supreme Court was denied in May
2003. We intend to continue to contest the case through all available means.
     Our tax returns for certain years are under  examination in the U.S. by the
IRS and in other countries by local  authorities (See Note 8 to the Consolidated
Financial  Statements).  In addition to the  foregoing,  we are a party to other
suits and claims that arise in the normal course of business.
     Based on current  information,  we do not believe that it is probable  that
losses  associated  with the  proceedings  discussed  above that exceed  amounts
already  recognized  will be incurred  in amounts  that would be material to our
consolidated financial position or results of operations.

CONTINGENCIES -- OTHER

In connection  with  divestitures  we have done in the past,  we have  routinely
provided  indemnities  to  cover  the  indemnified  party  for  matters  such as
environmental,  tax, product and employee liabilities. We also routinely include
intellectual  property   indemnification   provisions  in  our  terms  of  sale,
development agreements and technology licenses with third parties. Since maximum
obligations are not explicitly stated in these indemnification  provisions,  the
potential amount of future maximum payments cannot be reasonably  estimated.  To
date we have  incurred  minimal  losses  associated  with these  indemnification
obligations  and  as a  result,  we  have  not  recorded  any  liability  in our
consolidated financial statements.
<PAGE>

Note 13.  Segment and Geographic Information
- --------------------------------------------

We  design,  develop,  manufacture  and  market a wide  array  of  semiconductor
products for  applications in a variety of markets.  We are organized by various
product line business units. For segment reporting purposes, each of our product
line business  units  represents an operating  segment as defined under SFAS No.
131,  "Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information," and
our chief executive  officer is considered the chief  operating  decision-maker.
Business  units  that have  similarities,  including  economic  characteristics,
underlying  technology,  markets  and  customers,  are  aggregated  into  larger
segments.  In  addition  to the Analog  segment  and the  Information  Appliance
segment,  the Enterprise  Networking  segment and the Enhanced Solutions segment
are considered  reportable segments under the criteria in SFAS No. 131. Business
units  that do not  meet the  criteria  in SFAS 131 of  reportable  segment  are
combined under "Other" and prior to fiscal 2003,  the Enterprise  Networking and
the Enhanced  Solutions  segments were included in "Other." Segment  information
for fiscal  2002 and 2001 has been  reclassified  to conform to the fiscal  2003
presentation.
     The Analog segment includes a wide range of building block products such as
high-performance   operational  amplifiers,   power  management  circuits,  data
acquisition circuits and interface circuits.  The Analog segment also includes a
variety of mixed-signal products which combine analog and digital circuitry onto
the same chip. The segment is heavily  focused on using our analog  expertise to
develop high performance building blocks,  integrated solutions and mixed-signal
products  aimed  at  wireless  handsets,  displays,  notebook  computers,  other
portable devices and information infrastructure applications.  Current offerings
include power management circuits,  radio frequency circuits,  audio subsystems,
display drivers, integrated receivers and timing controllers.

     The Information  Appliance  segment  contains all business units focused on
providing component and system solutions to the emerging  information  appliance
market. Products include  application-specific  integrated microprocessors based
on our GeodeTM  technology and diverse advanced  input/output  controllers.  The
GeodeTM family of products  represents the primary  component of the information
appliance  business  we are  seeking  to sell  (See  Note 3 to the  Consolidated
Financial  Statements).  The Information  Appliance segment was focused on three
key market segments: enterprise thin clients (computers that have minimal memory
and access software from a centralized  server  network),  personal  information
access  devices,  such as WebPADTM,  and  interactive TV set-top boxes (equipped
with digital video).
     The Enterprise Networking segment provides complete mixed-signal  solutions
for  switches,  routers  and  products  used  in  networked  peripherals  in the
enterprise and consumer markets.
     The Enhanced  Solutions segment supplies  integrated  circuits and contract
services to the high reliability market, which includes avionics, defense, space
and the federal government.
     Aside from these operating segments,  our corporate structure also includes
the centralized  Worldwide Marketing and Sales Group, the Central Technology and
Manufacturing  Group, and the Corporate Group.  Certain expenses of these groups
are  allocated  to the  operating  segments  and are  included in their  segment
operating results.
     With the exception of the allocation of certain  expenses,  the significant
accounting  policies and practices  used to prepare the  consolidated  financial
statements as described in Note 1 are generally followed in measuring the sales,
segment income or loss and determination of assets for each reportable  segment.
We allocate certain expenses associated with centralized manufacturing, selling,
marketing and general  administration to reporting  segments based on either the
percentage  of net trade  sales for each  operating  segment  to total net trade
sales or headcount,  as appropriate.  Certain R&D expenses primarily  associated
with  centralized  activities  such as  process  development  are  allocated  to
operating  segments  based on the  percentage of dedicated R&D expenses for each
operating segment to total dedicated R&D expenses.  A portion of interest income
and interest expense is indirectly allocated to operating segments.
<PAGE>

The  following  table  presents  specified  amounts  included  in the measure of
segment results or the determination of segment assets:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                             Information  Enterprise  Enhanced
(In Millions)                                     Analog     Appliance    Networking  Solutions
                                                  Segment    Segment      Segment     Segment   All Others Eliminations   Total
                                                  ---------- ------------ ----------- --------- ---------- ------------- -----------
2003
<S>                                                <C>       <C>          <C>          <C>       <C>                      <C>
Sales to Unaffiliated Customers                    $1,295.0  $   211.2    $    30.4    $  49.1   $   86.8       -         $1,672.5
Inter-segment Sales                                     -          -            -          -          -         -              -
                                                  ========== ============ =========== ========= ========== ============= ===========
Net sales                                          $1,295.0  $   211.2    $    30.4    $  49.1   $   86.8       -         $1,672.5
                                                  ========== ============ =========== ========= ========== ============= ===========

Segment income (loss) before income taxes:         $   82.8  $   (51.9)   $   (42.2)   $  15.3   $  (27.3)      -         $  (23.3)
                                                  ========== ============ =========== ========= ========== ============= ===========
Depreciation and amortization                      $   18.0  $     5.2    $     1.5    $   0.2   $  203.6       -         $  228.5
Interest income                                         -          -            -          -     $   15.6       -         $   15.6
Interest expense                                        -          -            -          -     $    1.5       -         $    1.5
Share in net losses of equity-method  investments  $    1.8        -      $     8.5        -     $    5.6       -         $   15.9
Segment Assets                                     $  269.8  $    31.6    $     4.4    $   1.1   $1,937.7       -         $2,244.6
                                                  ========== ============ =========== ========= ========== ============= ===========
2002
Sales to Unaffiliated Customers                    $1,126.8  $   198.7    $    25.8    $  53.5   $   90.0       -         $1,494.8
Inter-segment Sales                                     -          -            -          -          -         -              -
                                                  ========== ============ =========== ========= ========== ============= ===========
Net sales                                          $1,126.8  $   198.7    $    25.8    $  53.5   $   90.0       -         $1,494.8
                                                  ========== ============ =========== ========= ========== ============= ===========

Segment income (loss) before income taxes:         $  (12.2) $   (83.5)   $   (53.2)   $  13.5   $   12.0       -         $ (123.4)
                                                  ========== ============ =========== ========= ========== ============= ===========
Depreciation and amortization                      $   14.0  $     7.1    $     2.1    $   0.2   $  207.0       -         $  230.4
Interest income                                         -          -            -          -     $   25.2       -         $   25.2
Interest expense                                        -          -            -          -     $    3.9       -         $    3.9
Share in net losses of equity-method  investments  $    0.4        -      $     0.6        -     $    6.3       -         $    7.3
Segment Assets                                     $  286.9  $    18.6    $     3.3    $   2.3   $1,977.7       -         $2,288.8
                                                  ========== ============ =========== ========= ========== ============= ===========
2001
Sales to Unaffiliated Customers                    $1,516.8  $   227.0    $    77.0    $  58.6   $  233.2       -         $2,112.6
Inter-segment Sales                                     -          0.1          -          -          -        (0.1)           -
                                                  ========== ============ =========== ========= ========== ============= ===========
Net sales                                          $1,516.8  $   227.1    $    77.0    $  58.6   $  233.2      (0.1)      $2,112.6
                                                  ========== ============ =========== ========= ========== ============= ===========

Segment income (loss) before income taxes:         $  364.1  $  (106.5)   $   (31.0)   $  17.8   $   62.7       -         $  307.1
                                                  ========== ============ =========== ========= ========== ============= ===========
Depreciation and amortization                      $   24.9  $     9.7    $     5.6    $   0.3   $  202.8       -         $  243.3
Interest income                                         -          -            -          -     $   57.3       -         $   57.3
Interest expense                                        -          -            -          -     $    5.3       -         $    5.3
Share in net losses of equity-method  investments       -          -            -          -     $    3.6       -         $    3.6
Segment Assets                                    $   145.7  $    28.1    $    10.6    $   1.8   $2,176.1       -         $2,362.3
                                                  ========== ============ =========== ========= ========== ============= ===========
</TABLE>

<PAGE>



     Depreciation and amortization  presented for each segment include only such
charges on dedicated segment assets.  The measurement of segment profit and loss
includes  an  allocation  of  depreciation   expense  for  shared  manufacturing
facilities contained in each segment's product standard cost.
     We operate our marketing and sales activities in four main geographic areas
that include the Americas,  Europe,  Japan and the Asia Pacific  region.  In the
information  presented  below,  sales  include  local sales and exports  made by
operations  within each area.  Total sales by  geographic  area include sales to
unaffiliated  customers  and  inter-geographic  transfers,  which  are  based on
standard  cost.  To control  costs,  a  substantial  portion of our products are
transported  between the  Americas,  Europe and the Asia  Pacific  region in the
process of being  manufactured  and sold.  Sales to unaffiliated  customers have
little correlation with the location of manufacture.
     The following  table  provides  geographic  sales and asset  information by
major  countries  within the main  geographic  areas (Japan is included with the
rest of the world):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

(In Millions)                                         United                            Rest of                       Total
                                        United States Kingdom    Hong Kong   Singapore  World       Eliminations    Consolidated
                                        ------------- ---------- ----------- ---------- ---------- --------------- ----------------
2003
<S>                                      <C>           <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>                           <C>
Sales to unaffiliated customers          $   388.9     $   160.5  $   500.0   $   262.7  $   360.4                     $1,672.5
Transfers between geographic areas           465.7         145.3        -         691.7        3.0    $(1,305.7)            -
                                        ------------- ---------- ----------- ---------- ---------- --------------- ----------------
Net sales                                $   854.6     $   305.8  $   500.0   $   954.4  $   363.4    $(1,305.7)       $1,672.5
                                        ============= ========== =========== ========== ========== =============== ================

Long-lived assets                        $   730.7     $    38.9  $     0.7   $    71.9  $   117.6                     $  959.8
                                        ============= ========== =========== ========== ========== =============== ================

2002
Sales to unaffiliated customers          $   377.7     $   169.7  $   423.0   $   229.4  $   295.0                     $1,494.8
Transfers between geographic areas           364.1         126.0        0.2       619.1        0.3   $(1,109.7)             -
                                        ------------- ---------- ----------- ---------- ---------- --------------- ----------------
Net sales                                $   741.8     $   295.7  $   423.2   $   848.5  $   295.3   $(1,109.7)        $1,494.8
                                        ============= ========== =========== ========== ========== =============== ================

Long-lived assets                        $   788.9     $    42.3  $     0.7   $    68.8  $   123.6                     $1,024.3
                                        ============= ========== =========== ========== ========== =============== ================

2001
Sales to unaffiliated customers          $   702.3     $   313.5  $   445.8   $   221.5  $   429.5                     $2,112.6
Transfers between geographic areas           470.2         181.1        0.7       747.4        1.0   $(1,400.4)             -
                                        ------------- ---------- ----------- ---------- ---------- --------------- ----------------
Net sales                                 $1,172.5     $   494.6  $   446.5   $   968.9  $   430.5   $(1,400.4)        $2,112.6
                                        ============= ========== =========== ========== ========== =============== ================

Long-lived assets                        $   742.4     $    49.1   $    0.9   $    87.9  $   141.9                     $1,022.2
                                        ============= ========== =========== ========== ========== =============== ================

</TABLE>
<PAGE>


NOTE 14. SUPPLEMENTAL  DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION AND NONCASH INVESTING
         AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES
<TABLE>

(In Millions)                                                       2003            2002           2001
                                                                    --------------- -------------- --------------
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW
  INFORMATION
<S>                                                                     <C>             <C>              <C>
Cash paid for:
  Interest expense                                                      $  1.5          $  4.0         $  5.6
  Income taxes                                                           $17.6           $16.2          $80.1


(In Millions)                                                       2003            2002           2001
                                                                    --------------- -------------- --------------
SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE OF NONCASH
  INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Issuance of stock for employee benefit plans                           $   0.8         $   4.3         $  4.1
Issuance of common stock to directors                                  $   0.3         $   0.2         $  0.3
Unearned compensation relating to restricted stock issuance            $   0.5         $   3.1         $  7.5
Restricted stock cancellation                                          $   1.1         $   0.9         $  2.8
Issuance of common stock upon conversion of convertible
  subordinated promissory note                                             -           $  10.0            -
Change in unrealized gain on cash flow hedges                          $   0.2         $  (0.4)           -
Change in unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities             $ (34.9)        $  23.2         $ 11.3
Minimum pension liability                                              $  57.5         $  12.7         $ 16.0
Effect of investee equity transactions                                 $   4.7             -              -
</TABLE>

<PAGE>


Note 15.  Financial Information by Quarter (Unaudited)

The following table presents the quarterly information for fiscal 2003 and 2002:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                    Fourth         Third           Second          First
(In Millions, Except Per Share Amounts)             Quarter        Quarter         Quarter         Quarter
                                                    -------------- --------------- --------------- ---------------
2003
<S>                                                    <C>            <C>             <C>             <C>
Net sales                                              $ 425.3        $ 404.3         $ 422.3         $ 420.6
Gross margin                                           $ 189.8        $ 172.5         $ 181.1         $ 182.3
Net income (loss)                                      $  (4.4)       $ (36.4)        $   6.2         $   1.3
- --------------------------------------------------- -------------- --------------- --------------- ---------------

Earnings (loss) per share:
   Net income (loss):
      Basic                                          $    (0.04)     $   (0.20)       $   0.03        $   0.01
      Diluted                                        $    (0.04)     $   (0.20)       $   0.03        $   0.01
- --------------------------------------------------- -------------- --------------- --------------- ---------------

   Weighted-average common and potential
      common shares outstanding:
      Basic                                              183.0          182.1           181.3           180.7
      Diluted                                            183.0          182.1           182.0           187.1
- --------------------------------------------------- -------------- --------------- --------------- ---------------

Common stock price - high                             $   24.80       $  21.52        $  19.34        $  33.74
Common stock price - low                              $   15.45       $  12.54        $   9.95        $  15.44
- --------------------------------------------------- -------------- --------------- --------------- ---------------


2002
Net sales                                              $ 419.5        $ 369.5         $ 366.5         $ 339.3
Gross margin                                           $ 180.5        $ 133.3         $ 129.5         $ 110.1
Net income (loss)                                      $  17.1        $ (37.8)        $ (46.6)        $ (54.6)
- --------------------------------------------------- -------------- --------------- --------------- ---------------

Earnings (loss) per share:
   Net income (loss):
      Basic                                          $     0.10      $   (0.21)      $   (0.26)      $   (0.31)
      Diluted                                        $     0.09      $   (0.21)      $   (0.26)      $   (0.31)
- --------------------------------------------------- -------------- --------------- --------------- ---------------

   Weighted-average common and potential
   common shares outstanding:
      Basic                                              179.8          178.4           176.8           174.9
      Diluted                                            190.6          178.4           176.8           174.9
- --------------------------------------------------- -------------- --------------- --------------- ---------------

Common stock price - high                             $   37.30       $  34.91        $  35.10        $  34.97
Common stock price - low                              $   24.93       $  25.03        $  19.70        $  24.85
- --------------------------------------------------- -------------- --------------- --------------- ---------------
</TABLE>

     Our common  stock is traded on the New York Stock  Exchange and the Pacific
Exchange.  The  quoted  market  prices  are as  reported  on the New York  Stock
Exchange Composite Tape. At May 25, 2003, there were approximately 7,849 holders
of common stock.

<PAGE>

                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT




The Board of Directors and Shareholders
National Semiconductor Corporation:

     We have audited the  accompanying  consolidated  balance sheets of National
Semiconductor  Corporation and subsidiaries as of May 25, 2003 and May 26, 2002,
and the related  consolidated  statements of  operations,  comprehensive  income
(loss),  shareholders'  equity  and  cash  flows  for  each of the  years in the
three-year  period  ended May 25,  2003.  In  connection  with our audits of the
consolidated  financial  statements,  we also have audited the related financial
statement  Schedule II, "Valuation and Qualifying  Accounts." These consolidated
financial  statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of
the company's  management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
consolidated  financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our
audits.
     We conducted our audits in accordance  with  auditing  standards  generally
accepted in the United States of America.  Those standards  require that we plan
and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial
statements are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a
test basis,  evidence  supporting  the amounts and  disclosures in the financial
statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant  estimates  made by  management,  as well as evaluating  the overall
financial  statement  presentation.   We  believe  that  our  audits  provide  a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
     In our opinion,  the consolidated  financial  statements  referred to above
present fairly,  in all material  respects,  the financial  position of National
Semiconductor  Corporation and subsidiaries as of May 25, 2003 and May 26, 2002,
and the results of their  operations  and their cash flows for each of the years
in the  three-year  period  ended May 25,  2003 in  conformity  with  accounting
principles  generally  accepted in the United  States of America.  Also,  in our
opinion,  the related financial statement schedule,  when considered in relation
to the  basic  consolidated  financial  statements  taken as a  whole,  presents
fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.



                                              KPMG LLP





Mountain View, California
June 4, 2003
<PAGE>


ITEM 9.  CHANGES  IN  AND  DISAGREEMENTS  WITH  ACCOUNTANTS  ON  ACCOUNTING  AND
         FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

         Not applicable.
<PAGE>


ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

(a)  Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures.

     We maintain  disclosure controls and procedures that are intended to ensure
     that the  information  required to be disclosed in our Exchange Act filings
     is properly and timely  recorded,  processed,  summarized and reported.  We
     have a disclosure  controls  committee  comprised of key individuals from a
     variety of  disciplines  in the company that are involved in the disclosure
     and  reporting  process.  The  committee  meets  regularly  to  ensure  the
     timeliness,  accuracy and  completeness of the  information  required to be
     disclosed in our filings.  The  committee  reviewed this Form 10-K and also
     met with the Chief  Executive  Officer and the Chief  Financial  Officer to
     review this Form 10-K and the required disclosures and the effectiveness of
     the design and operation of our  disclosure  controls and  procedures.  The
     committee  performed an evaluation,  with the  participation of management,
     including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial  Officer,  of the
     effectiveness  of the design and operation of our  disclosure  controls and
     procedures as of the end of fiscal 2003. Based on that evaluation and their
     supervision  of and  participation  in the  process,  our  Chief  Executive
     Officer and Chief  Financial  Officer have  concluded  that our  disclosure
     controls and  procedures  are effective for the fiscal year 2003 covered by
     this Form 10-K.
     In designing and  evaluating our disclosure  controls and  procedures,  our
     management recognizes that any controls and procedures,  no matter how well
     designed and operated,  can provide only reasonable  assurance of achieving
     the desired control objectives, and that management necessarily is required
     to apply its  judgment  in  evaluating  the  cost-benefit  relationship  of
     possible  controls and  procedures.  Since we have  investments  in certain
     unconsolidated  entities which we do not control or manage,  our disclosure
     controls  and  procedures  with respect to such  entities  are  necessarily
     substantially  more  limited  than those we maintain  for our  consolidated
     subsidiaries.   Nevertheless,   management   believes  that  the  company's
     disclosure controls and procedures are effective.

(b)  Changes in internal controls.

     There have been no significant changes in our internal controls or in other
     factors  that  could  significantly  affect  our  disclosure  controls  and
     procedures subsequent to the date of the evaluation described above.

<PAGE>


PART III
- --------

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

The information  concerning directors and executive officers appearing under the
caption  "Election of Directors"  (including  subcaptions  thereof) and "Section
16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting  Compliance" in our Proxy Statement for the
2003 annual meeting of  shareholders  to be held on or about  September 25, 2003
and which will be filed in  definitive  form  pursuant to  Regulation  14A on or
about August 15, 2003  (hereinafter  "2003 Proxy  Statement"),  is  incorporated
herein by reference.  Information concerning our executive officers is set forth
in  Part I of the  Form  10-K  under  the  caption  "Executive  Officers  of the
Registrant."

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The   information   appearing  under  the  captions   "Director   Compensation",
"Compensation  Committee  Interlocks  and  Insider  Participation,"   "Executive
Compensation"  (including all related  subcaptions  thereof),  and Company Stock
Price  Performance  in the  2003  Proxy  Statement  is  incorporated  herein  by
reference.

ITEM 12.  SECURITY  OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN  BENEFICIAL  OWNERS AND  MANAGEMENT AND
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The  information  concerning the only known  ownership of more than 5 percent of
our outstanding  common stock appearing under the caption  "Outstanding  Capital
Stock,  Quorum and Voting" in the 2003 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by
reference.  The information concerning the ownership of our equity securities by
directors,  certain  executive  officers and  directors and officers as a group,
appearing under the caption "Security Ownership of Management" in the 2003 Proxy
Statement is  incorporated  herein by reference.  For  information on securities
authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans, see item 5 of this Form
10-K.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

Not applicable.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The  information  appearing  in the section of the 2003 Proxy  Statement  on the
proposal  relating to the  Ratification of Selection of Independent  Auditors is
incorporated herein by reference.

<PAGE>


PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

                                                               Pages in
(a) 1.  Financial Statements                                 this document
- -----------------------------                                 -------------
For the three years ended May 25, 2003-                          32-66
   refer to Index in Item 8

(a) 2.  Financial Statement Schedules
- -------------------------------------
Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts                    72

All other  schedules are omitted since the required  information is inapplicable
or the  information  is presented in the  consolidated  financial  statements or
notes thereto.
     Separate  financial  statements  of  National  are  omitted  because we are
primarily an operating company and all subsidiaries included in the consolidated
financial statements being filed, in the aggregate,  do not have minority equity
interest or  indebtedness to any person other than us in an amount which exceeds
five  percent  of the  total  assets  as  shown  by the  most  recent  year  end
consolidated balance sheet filed herein.

(a) 3.  Exhibits
- ----------------
The exhibits listed in the  accompanying  Index to Exhibits on pages 76 to 78 of
this  report  are filed as part of, or  incorporated  by  reference  into,  this
report.

(b)      Reports on Form 8-K
- ----------------------------
During  the  quarter  ended May 25,  2003,  we filed  one  report on Form 8-K as
follows:

A report on Form 8-K was filed May 21, 2003  furnishing  to the  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission  as part of  Regulation  FD  disclosure a press  release we
issued on May 21, 2003. The press release  updated our progress in  implementing
the  strategic  profit  improvement  actions we initially  announced in February
2003. No financial statements were included in the Form 8-K.
<PAGE>


                       NATIONAL SEMICONDUCTOR CORPORATION

                SCHEDULE II -- VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

                                  (In Millions)

                            Deducted from Receivables
                       in the Consolidated Balance Shets

                                    Doubtful         Returns and
Description                         Accounts         Allowances           Total
- -----------                         --------         ----------           -----

Balances at May 28, 2000            $   7.4            $   51.2        $  58.6

Additions charged against revenue       -                 243.9          243.9
Additions charged against
  costs and expenses                    2.0                 -              2.0
Deductions                             (2.1) (1)         (257.3)        (259.4)
                                       ---------         -------       -------

Balances at May 27, 2001                7.3                37.8           45.1

Additions charged against revenue       -                 151.3          151.3
Additions charged against
  costs and expenses                    0.2                 -              0.2
Deductions                              -                (158.8)        (158.8)
                                       -------           -------        -------

Balances at May 26, 2002                7.5                30.3           37.8

Additions charged against revenue       -                 174.9          174.9
Additions charged against
  costs and expenses                    0.4                 -              0.4
Deductions                             (1.2) (1)         (173.7)        (174.9)
                                       ---------         -------       -------

Balances at May 25, 2003            $   6.7            $   31.5           38.2
                                       =========          =======       =======

(1)     Doubtful accounts written off, less recoveries.
<PAGE>


                                   SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the  requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934,  the  registrant  has duly  caused  this report to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                                            NATIONAL SEMICONDUCTOR CORPORATION

Date: July 21, 2003                         /S/  BRIAN L. HALLA*
                                            Brian L. Halla
                                            Chairman of the Board, President
                                            and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report
has been signed below by the following  persons on behalf of the  registrant and
in the capacities stated and on the 21st day of July 2003.

Signature                                   Title


/S/  BRIAN L. HALLA*                        Chairman of the Board, President
       Brian L. Halla                       and Chief Executive Officer
                                            (Principal Executive Officer)

/S/  LEWIS CHEW*                            Senior Vice President, Finance
       Lewis Chew                           and Chief Financial Officer
                                            (Principal Financial Officer)

/S/  ROBERT E. DEBARR *                     Controller
       Robert E. DeBarr.                    (Principal Accounting Officer)

/S/  STEVEN R. APPLETON *                   Director
       Steven R. Appleton

/S/  GARY P. ARNOLD *                       Director
       Gary P. Arnold

/S/  RICHARD J. DANZIG *                    Director
       Richard J. Danzig

/S/  ROBERT J. FRANKENBERG *                Director
       Robert J. Frankenberg

/S/  E. FLOYD KVAMME*                       Director
       E. Floyd Kvamme

/S/  MODESTO A. MAIDIQUE *                  Director
       Modesto A. Maidique

/S/  EDWARD R. McCRACKEN *                  Director
       Edward R. McCracken


* By      /S/  LEWIS CHEW
                  Lewis Chew, Attorney-in-fact
<PAGE>


                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT


The Board of Directors
National Semiconductor Corporation:


     We consent to incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements No.
33-48943,  33-54931,  33-55703,  33-61381,  333-09957,   333-23477,   333-36733,
333-53801,  333-63614, 333-88269, 333-48424 and 333-100662 on Form S-8, and Post
Effective  Amendment  No. 1 on Form S-8 to Form S-4  Registration  Statement No.
333-38033-01  of National  Semiconductor  Corporation  and  subsidiaries  of our
report  dated June 4,  2003,  relating  to the  consolidated  balance  sheets of
National  Semiconductor  Corporation and subsidiaries as of May 25, 2003 and May
26, 2002, and the related consolidated  statements of operations,  comprehensive
income (loss), shareholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the
three-year  period  ended  May 25,  2003  and the  related  financial  statement
schedule,  which  report  appears  in the 2003  Annual  Report  on Form  10-K of
National Semiconductor Corporation.



                                                              KPMG LLP


Mountain View, California
July 21, 2003

<PAGE>


                                INDEX TO EXHIBITS
Item 14(a) (3)
The following documents are filed as part of this report:

1.   Financial  Statements:  reference  is  made  to  the  Financial  Statements
     described under Part IV, Item 14(a) (1).

2.   Other Exhibits:

3.1  Second Restated  Certificate of  Incorporation  of the Company,  as amended
     (incorporated by reference from the Exhibits to our Registration  Statement
     on Form S-3  Registration  No.  33-52775,  which became effective March 22,
     1994);  Certificate  of Amendment of  Certificate  of  Incorporation  dated
     September  30, 1994  (incorporated  by  reference  from the Exhibits to our
     Registration  Statement on Form S-8 Registration No. 333-09957 which became
     effective  August 12, 1996);  Certificate  of Amendment of  Certificate  of
     Incorporation  dated September 22, 2000 (incorporated by reference from the
     Exhibits  to our  Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-8  Registration  No.
     333-48424, which became effective October 23, 2000).

3.2  By-Laws  of  the   Company,   as  amended   effective   October  30,  2001.
     (incorporated  by reference from the Exhibits to our Form 10-K for the year
     ended May 26, 2002, which became effective August 16, 2002).

4.1  Form of  Common  Stock  Certificate  (incorporated  by  reference  from the
     Exhibits  to our  Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-3  Registration  No.
     33-48935, which became effective October 5, 1992).

4.2  Rights  Agreement  (incorporated  by  reference  from the  Exhibits  to our
     Registration  Statement on Form 8-A filed August 10, 1988). First Amendment
     to the Rights  Agreement  dated as of October  31,  1995  (incorporated  by
     reference  from the  Exhibits to our  Amendment  No. 1 to the  Registration
     Statement on Form 8-A filed  December 11,  1995).  Second  Amendment to the
     Rights  Agreement dated as of December 17, 1996  (incorporated by reference
     from the Exhibits to our Amendment No. 2 to the  Registration  Statement on
     Form 8-A filed January 17, 1997).

10.1 Management Contract or Compensatory Plan or Arrangement:  Executive Officer
     Incentive  Plan  as  amended  effective  May 28,  2001.  Fiscal  Year  2003
     Executive Officer Incentive Plan Agreement  (incorporated by reference from
     the  Exhibits to our Form 10-Q for the quarter  ended August 25, 2002 filed
     October 1, 2002).

10.2 Management Contract or Compensatory Plan or Arrangement:  2003 Key Employee
     Incentive  Plan  (incorporated  by reference  from the Exhibits to our Form
     10-Q for the quarter ended August 25, 2002 filed October 1, 2002).

10.3 Management  Contract or Compensatory Plan or Agreement:  Stock Option Plan,
     as amended effective April 15, 2003.

10.4 Management  Contract or Compensatory  Plan or Agreement:  Executive Officer
     Stock Option Plan, as amended effective April 15, 2003.

10.5 Management   Contract  or   Compensatory   Plan  or   Arrangement;   Equity
     Compensation Plan not approved by Stockholders:  Non Qualified Stock Option
     Agreement  with  Peter J.  Sprague  dated  May 18,  1995  (incorporated  by
     reference  from the  Exhibits  to our  Registration  Statement  on Form S-8
     Registration No. 33-61381 which became effective July 28, 1995).

10.6 Management  Contract or Compensatory  Plan or  Arrangement:  Director Stock
     Plan as amended through June 26, 1997.
<PAGE>

10.7 Management  Contract or Compensatory  Plan or  Arrangement:  Director Stock
     Option Plan  (incorporated  by reference from the Exhibits to our Form 10-Q
     for the quarter ended August 29, 1999 filed October 12, 1999).

10.8 Management Contract or Compensatory Plan or Arrangement:  Director Deferral
     Plan  (incorporated by reference from the Exhibits to our Form 10-Q for the
     quarter ended August 29, 1999 filed October 12, 1999).

10.9 Management  Contract or Compensatory Plan or Arrangement:  Board Retirement
     Policy  (incorporated  by reference  from the Exhibits to our Form 10-K for
     the fiscal year ended May 30, 1999 filed July 29, 1999).

10.10Management  Contract or Compensatory  Plan or  Arrangement:  Preferred Life
     Insurance Program  (incorporated by reference from the Exhibits to our Form
     10-K for the fiscal year ended May 30, 1999 filed July 29, 1999).

10.11Management  Contract or Compensatory Plan or Arrangement:  Retired Officers
     and Directors  Health Plan  (incorporated by reference from the Exhibits to
     our Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 28, 2000 filed August 3, 2000).

10.12Management Contract or Compensatory Plan or Agreement:  Executive Long Term
     Disability   Plan  as  amended  January  1,  2002  as  restated  July  2002
     (incorporated  by  reference  from the  Exhibits  to our Form  10-Q for the
     quarter ended November 24, 2002 filed January 6, 2003).

10.13Management  Contract or  Compensatory  Plan or Agreement:  Executive  Staff
     Long Term Disability Plan as amended January 1, 2002 as restated July 2002.
     (incorporated  by  reference  from the  Exhibits  to our Form  10-Q for the
     quarter ended November 24, 2002 filed January 6, 2003).

10.14Management  Contract or Compensatory  Plan or Agreement:  Form of Change of
     Control  Employment  Agreement entered into with Executive  Officers of the
     Company (incorporated by reference from our Form 10-K for fiscal year ended
     May 31, 1998 filed August 3, 1998).

10.15Management   Contract  or   Compensatory   Plan  or   Agreement:   National
     Semiconductor  Corporation  Deferred  Compensation  Plan  (incorporated  by
     reference from the Exhibits to our Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February
     24, 2002 filed April 10, 2002).

10.16Equity  Compensation  Plan not approved by Stockholders:  Cyrix Corporation
     1998 Incentive Stock Plan  (incorporated  by reference from the Exhibits to
     our  Post-Effective  Amendment  No. 1 on Form S-8 to Form S-4  Registration
     Statement Registration No. 333-38033-01 filed November 18, 1997).

10.17Equity   Compensation   Plan  not   approved   by   Stockholders:   ComCore
     Semiconductor,  Inc. 1997 Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference from
     the Exhibits to our  Registration  Statement on Form S-8  Registration  No.
     333-53801 filed May 28, 1998).

10.18Equity  Compensation  Plan not approved by Stockholders:  1995 Stock Option
     Plan for officers and Key  Employees  of  Mediamatics,  Inc. and 1997 Stock
     Option  Plan of  Mediamatics,  Inc.  (incorporated  by  reference  from the
     Exhibits  to our  Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-8  Registration  No.
     333-23477 filed March 17, 1997).

10.19Equity  Compensation  Plan not approved by  Stockholders:  Restricted Stock
     Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  from the  Exhibits to our  Registration
     Statement on Form S-8 Registration No. 333-09957 filed August 12, 1996).

10.20Equity  Compensation  Plan not  approved by  Stockholders:  1997  Employees
     Stock  Option Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  from the  Exhibits to our
     Registration  Statement on Form S-8  Registration  No. 333-63614 filed June
     22, 2001).

10.21Equity   Compensation  Plan  not  approved  by  stockholders:   Option  and
     Agreement  and  Plan  of  Merger  by  and  among   National   Semiconductor
     Corporation,  Nintai Acquisition Sub, Inc.,  DigitalQuake,  Inc. and Paul A
     Lessard and Michael G. Fung dated as of February 8, 2002;  First  Amendment
     to Option and Agreement and Plan of Merger;  Letter  Agreement with Jackson
     Tung; Letter Agreement with Michael Fung; Letter Agreement with Anil Kumar;
     Letter  Agreement  with  Paul  Lessard;  Letter  Agreement  with  Duane Oto
     (incorporated by reference from the Exhibits to our Registration  Statement
     on Form S-8 Registration No. 333-100662 filed October 22, 2002).
<PAGE>

10.22Equity  Compensation  Plan not  approved by  Stockholders:  Retirement  and
     Savings  Program.  (incorporated  by  reference  from the  Exhibits  to our
     Form-10K for the fiscal year ended May 26, 2002 filed August 16, 2002).

10.23Management   Contract  or  Compensatory  Plan  or  Arrangement:   Executive
     Physical Exam Plan  effective  January 1, 2003  (incorporated  by reference
     from the Exhibits to our Form 10-Q for the quarter ended  November 24, 2002
     filed January 6, 2003).

10.24Management  Contract  or  Compensatory  Plan  or  Arrangement:   Relocation
     Package made available to Detlev Kunz.  (incorporated by reference from the
     Exhibits  to our Form 10-K for the  fiscal  year  ended May 26,  2002 filed
     August 16, 2002).

10.25Management   Contract  or  Compensatory  Plan  or  Arrangement:   Executive
     Preventive  Health Program,  January 2003.  (incorporated by reference from
     the Exhibits to our Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 23, 2003 filed
     April 2, 2003).

10.26Management Contract or Compensatory Plan or Arrangement:  Severance Benefit
     Plan, as amended and restated as of January 1, 2003.

21.1 List of Subsidiaries.

23.1 Consent of Independent Auditors (included in Part IV).

24.1 Power of Attorney.

99.1 Additional Exhibit: Rule 13a-14 (a) /15d-14 (a) Certifications.

99.2 Additional Exhibit: Section 1350 certifications.

</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-10
<SEQUENCE>3
<FILENAME>form10k_101.txt
<DESCRIPTION>EXHIBIT 10.1 EXECUTIVE OFFICER INCENTIVE PLAN
<TEXT>

                                                                    Exhibit 10.1

                       NATIONAL SEMICONDUCTOR CORPORATION

                        Executive Officer Incentive Plan

                       (as amended effective May 28, 2001)


1.   Objectives.

The National  Semiconductor  Corporation  Executive  Officer Incentive Plan (the
"Plan")  is  designed  to retain  executives  and reward  them for making  major
contributions to the success and profitability of the Company.  These objectives
are  accomplished  by  making  incentive  Awards  under  the Plan and  providing
participants  with a proprietary  interest in the growth and  performance of the
Company.

2.   Definitions.

     (a)  Award  - The  Award  to a  Plan  participant  pursuant  to  terms  and
conditions of the Plan.

     (b) Award  Agreement - An agreement  between the Company and a  participant
that sets forth the terms, conditions and limitations applicable to an Award.

     (c) Board - The Board of Directors of National Semiconductor Corporation.

     (d) Code - The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

     (e) Committee - The Stock Option and  Compensation  Committee of the Board,
or such  other  committee  of the  Board  that is  designated  by the  Board  to
administer  the Plan.  The Committee  shall be constituted to permit the Plan to
comply with the  requirements  of Section 162(m) of the Code and any regulations
issued  thereunder and shall initially consist of not less than three members of
the Board.

     (f)  Company - National  Semiconductor  Corporation  ("NSC")  and any other
corporation in which NSC controls,  directly or indirectly,  fifty percent (50%)
or more of the combined voting power of all classes of voting securities.

     (g) Executive Officer - Any officer of the Company subject to the reporting
requirements of Section 16 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 ("Exchange
Act").
<PAGE>

3.   Eligibility.

Only Executive Officers are eligible for participation in the Plan.

4.   Administration.

The Plan shall be  administered by the Committee which shall have full power and
authority to construe,  interpret and administer the Plan.  Each decision of the
Committee shall be final,  conclusive and binding upon all persons. Prior to the
beginning  of each  fiscal  year,  the  committee  shall:  (i)  determine  which
Executive Officers are in positions in which they are likely to make substantial
long term  contributions to the Company's  success and therefore  participate in
the Plan for the fiscal year; and (ii) to which Award level each  participant is
assigned.

5.   Performance Goals.

     (a)  The  Committee  shall  establish  performance  goals  applicable  to a
particular fiscal year prior to its start,  provided,  however,  that such goals
may be  established  after the start of the fiscal year but while the outcome of
the performance goal is substantially uncertain if such a method of establishing
performance goals is permitted under proposed or final regulations  issued under
Code Section 162 (m).

     (b) Each performance goal applicable to a fiscal year shall identify one or
more  business  criteria  that is to be monitored  during the fiscal year.  Such
business criteria include any of the following:

       Net income                            Cash flow
       Earnings per share                    Stockholder return
       Debt reduction                        Revenue
       Return on investment                  Revenue growth
       Return on net assets                  Manufacturing improvements and/or
       Operating ratio                       efficiencies
       Quality improvements                  Return on equity
       Market share                          Cycle time reductions
       Profit before tax                     Customer satisfaction
       Size of equity                        improvements
       Reduction in product                  Return on research and
          returns                            development investment
       Reduction in product                  Customer request date
       Strategic positioning                 performance
          programs                           Human resource excellence
       Compensation/review                   programs
          program improvements               New product releases
       Business/information
          systems improvements
<PAGE>

     (c) The Committee shall determine the target level of performance that must
be achieved  with respect to each  criteria  that is identified in a performance
goal in order for a performance goal to be treated as attained.

     (d)  The  Committee  may  base  performance  goals  on one or  more  of the
foregoing  business  criteria.  In the event performance goals are based on more
than one business  criteria,  the  Committee  may  determine to make Awards upon
attainment of the performance goal relating to any one or more of such criteria,
provided the performance goals, when established,  are stated as alternatives to
one another.

6.   Awards.

     (a) The  Committee  shall  make  Awards  only in the  event  the  Committee
certifies in writing prior to payment of the Award that the performance  goal or
goals under which the Award is to be paid has or have been attained.

     (b) The maximum Award payable  under this Plan to any  participant  for any
fiscal year shall be the lesser of $2 million (two  million  dollars) or 200% of
the participant's annualized base remuneration at the end of the fiscal year.

     (c) The  Committee in its sole and absolute  discretion  may reduce but not
increase  the  amount  of an  Award  otherwise  payable  to a  participant  upon
attainment of the performance goal or goals established for a fiscal year.

     (d) A participant's performance must be satisfactory, regardless of Company
performance, before he or she may be paid an incentive Award.

     (e) To the extent  permitted  under  regulations  issued under Code Section
162(m), in the event the performance  goals for a fiscal year are attained,  the
Committee,  in its  discretion,  may grant all or such  portion of an  incentive
Award  for the  year  as it  deems  advisable  to a  participant  (or his or her
beneficiary  in the case of his death) who is  employed or who is promoted to an
Executive  Officer  position  covered  by this Plan  during  the year,  or whose
employment  is  terminated  during the fiscal  year,  or who suffers a permanent
disability.
<PAGE>

7.   Payment of Awards.

     (a) Each  participant  shall be paid the  Award  solely  in cash as soon as
practicable following grant of the Award by the Committee.

     (b)  Participants  who  are  eligible  under  the  National   Semiconductor
Corporation  Deferred  Compensation Plan (the "Deferred  Compensation Plan") may
elect to make an irrevocable  election to defer receipt of all or any portion of
any  Award  pursuant  to  and in  accordance  with  the  terms  of the  Deferred
Compensation Plan.

     (c) Effective  after May 27, 2001, any previously  deferred  Awards will be
consolidated  under  the  Deferred  Compensation  Plan and will be  payable  and
administered in accordance with the terms of the Deferred  Compensation Plan and
no longer  will be  payable  under the terms of this  Plan.  In no event  will a
participant  be  entitled to the same  amount  under this Plan and the  Deferred
Compensation Plan.

8.   Tax Withholding.

     The Company shall have the right to deduct  applicable taxes from any Award
payment.

9.   Amendment, Modification, Suspension
     or Discontinuance of this Plan.

The Committee may amend,  modify,  suspend or terminate the Plan for the purpose
of meeting or  addressing  any  changes in legal  requirements  or for any other
purpose  permitted by law. The Committee  will seek  stockholder  approval of an
amendment if determined to be required by or advisable under  regulations of the
Securities and Exchange Commission or the Internal Revenue Service, the rules of
any stock  exchange on which the Company's  stock is listed or other  applicable
law or regulation. No amendment,  suspension,  termination or discontinuance may
impair  the  right of a  participant  or his or her  designated  beneficiary  to
receive  any Award  accrued  prior to the later of the date of  adoption  or the
effective date of such amendment, suspension, termination or discontinuance.
<PAGE>

10.  Termination of Employment.

If the employment of a participant terminates, other than pursuant to paragraphs
(a)  and  (b)  of  this  Section  10,  all  unpaid  Awards  shall  be  cancelled
immediately, unless the Award Agreement provides otherwise.

     (a) Retirement - When a participant's  employment terminates as a result of
retirement,  the  Committee  may permit  Awards to continue in effect beyond the
date of retirement in accordance  with the  applicable  Award  Agreement and the
vesting of any Award may be accelerated.

     (b) Death or Disability of a Participant.

          (i) In the event of a participant's death, the participant's estate or
     beneficiaries  shall have a period up to the  expiration  date specified in
     the Award Agreement  within which to receive any outstanding  Award held by
     the  participant  under such terms as may be  specified  in the  applicable
     Award Agreement.  Rights to any such outstanding  Awards shall pass by will
     or the laws of descent and  distribution  in the  following  order:  (a) to
     beneficiaries  so designated  by the  participant;  if none,  then (b) to a
     legal  representative of the participant;  if none, then (c) to the persons
     entitled thereto as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction. Awards
     so  passing  shall  be made  at such  times  and in such  manner  as if the
     participant were living.

          (ii) In the event a participant is disabled,  Awards and rights to any
     such Awards may be paid to the participant.

          (iii) After the death or  disability of a  participant,  the Committee
     may in its sole discretion at any time (a) terminate  restrictions in Award
     Agreements;  (b) accelerate  any or all  installments  and rights;  and (c)
     instruct the Company to pay the total of any accelerated payments in a lump
     sum  to  the  participant,   the  participant's  estate,  beneficiaries  or
     representative.

          (iv)  In  the  event  of  uncertainty  as  to   interpretation  of  or
     controversies  concerning this paragraph (b) of Section 10, the Committee's
     determinations shall be binding and conclusive.

11.  Cancellation and Rescission of Awards.

Unless the Award  Agreement  specifies  otherwise,  the Committee may cancel any
unpaid Awards at any time if the participant is not in compliance with all other
applicable  provisions of the Award  Agreement and the Plan.  Awards may also be
cancelled  if the  Committee  determines  that the  participant  has at any time
engaged  in  activity  harmful to the  interest  of or in  competition  with the
Company.

12.  Nonassignability.

No Award or any other benefit under the Plan shall be assignable or transferable
by the participant during the participant's lifetime.

13.  Unfunded Plan.

The Plan shall be unfunded.  Although  bookkeeping  accounts may be  established
with  respect  to  participants,  any such  accounts  shall be used  merely as a
bookkeeping  convenience.  The Company  shall not be required to  segregate  any
assets  that  may at any time be  represented  by cash,  nor  shall  the Plan be
construed as providing for such segregation, nor shall the Company nor the Board
nor the  Committee  be deemed to be a trustee of any Award  under the Plan.  Any
liability of the Company to any  participant  with respect to an Award under the
Plan shall be based solely upon any contractual  obligations that may be created
by the Plan and any Award Agreement;  no such obligation of the Company shall be
deemed to be secured by any pledge or other  encumbrance  on any property of the
Company.  Neither the Company nor the Board nor the Committee  shall be required
to give any security or bond for the  performance of any obligation  that may be
created by the Plan.

14.  No Right to Continued Employment.

Nothing in this Plan shall confer upon any employee any right to continue in the
employ of the Company or shall  interfere  with or restrict in any way the right
of the Company to discharge  an employee at any time for any reason  whatsoever,
with or without good cause.

15.  Effective Date.

The Plan shall become  effective on May 29, 1994. The Committee may terminate or
suspend the Plan at any time.  No awards may be made while the Plan is suspended
or after it is terminated.

</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-10
<SEQUENCE>4
<FILENAME>form10k_1026.txt
<DESCRIPTION>EXHIBIT 10.26 SEVERANCE BENEFIT PLAN
<TEXT>
                                                                   Exhibit 10.26



                       NATIONAL SEMICONDUCTOR CORPORATION

                             SEVERANCE BENEFIT PLAN

     This  document  constitutes  an amended and restated  plan and summary plan
description of the National  Semiconductor  Corporation  Severance  Benefit Plan
(the "Plan")  effective as of January 1, 2003 and  supercedes any prior National
Semiconductor  Corporation  Severance  Benefit  Plan  document.  The  Plan is an
"employee  welfare  benefit  plan"  within the  meaning  of section  3(l) of the
Employee  Retirement  Income  Security Act of 1974, as amended  ("ERISA").  Your
ERISA  rights  are  described  at the end of this  pamphlet.  This  pamphlet  is
provided to you as required by ERISA. You should keep it for future reference.

     The Plan provides  guidelines for offering  severance benefits to employees
who suffer an employment loss as the result of a reduction-in-force. In order to
accept the offer and receive  severance  benefits,  employees  must enter into a
separation agreement, releasing any and all claims against the Company. National
Semiconductor Corporation (the "Company") shall determine in its sole discretion
on a  case-by-case  basis  whether  or not a  reduction-in-force  has  occurred,
whether or not to offer severance benefits in the event of a reduction-in-force,
whether  or not a  reduction-in-force  will  result in an  employment  loss that
qualifies  for a severance  benefits  offer and  whether or not an employee  has
properly  accepted a severance  benefits  offer.  In  addition,  the schedule of
severance  benefits  actually  offered to  employees is  discretionary  with the
Company and may vary from the schedules shown herein as guidelines.  The Company
reserves the right to amend or terminate the Plan at any time.

1    SELECTION CRITERIA AND ELIGIBILITY

     1.1  Eligible employees are those employees of the Company who are selected
          by the Company in its sole  discretion to receive an offer of benefits
          under this Plan in the event of a reduction-in-force. All decisions as
          to  whether  a  reduction-in-force  has  occurred  and  the  employees
          affected by the reduction  shall be made in the sole discretion of the
          Company  in  consultation  with the  affected  business  units/support
          groups, in accordance with this section.  Due  consideration  shall be
          given to the work any affected employee was performing or qualified to
          perform and to the  employee's  level of  performance.  An  individual
          shall only be treated as an  employee  if he or she is reported on the
          payroll records of the National Semiconductor  Corporation as a common
          law  employee.  This  term  does not  include  any  other  common  law
          employee.  In particular,  it is intended that individuals not treated
          as  common  law   employees   on  the  payroll   records  of  National
          Semiconductor  Corporation are to be excluded from Plan  participation
          even if a determination  is subsequently  made by the Internal Revenue
          Service,  another  governmental agency, a court or other tribunal that
          such  individuals  are common law employees of National  Semiconductor
          Corporation for purposes of pertinent  Internal  Revenue Code sections
          or for any other purpose.

     1.2  In the event the Company decides to totally eliminate a particular job
          function,  all  incumbents  in such a job function  will be subject to
          reduction-in-force.

     1.3  Barring total elimination of jobs,  special skills and job performance
          are   primary    considerations   in   selecting   employees   for   a
          reduction-in-force.   Employees  in  similar  job   functions  may  be
          evaluated within a business unit/department or across organizations in
          order to retain a core group of employees who possess skills necessary
          to  successfully  continue  company  operations.   Evaluation  factors
          include job  performance  and critical  skills,  including  breadth of
          skills, and transferable skills.

          1.3.1If an  employee's  job is being  eliminated  and the employee has
               special  skills  which can be utilized in another  capacity,  the
               employee(s)  may,  in the  sole  discretion  of the  Company,  be
               offered reassignment to another position.

               1.3.1.1 An employee who refuses an offer of a comparable position
                    will be considered to have resigned and will not be eligible
                    for severance benefits hereunder.

               1.3.1.2 An  employee  who  refuses  an offer of a  position  at a
                    reduced salary and severs from  employment  will be eligible
                    for severance benefits hereunder.

<PAGE>


     1.4  No employee  shall be eligible for severance  benefits under this Plan
          unless the Company,  in its sole  discretion,  determines  that he/she
          will  suffer  an  employment  loss.  For  purposes  of this  Plan,  an
          employment loss means a significant hiatus in an employee's ability to
          work and earn  compensation  comparable  to that which  he/she  earned
          immediately before separating from Company employment.

     1.5  Unless  the  Company  decides  otherwise,  employees  terminated  from
          Company  employment  as the  result  of sales or  other  transfers  of
          Company  business  units,  divisions,  subsidiaries or assets to a new
          owner,  not  owned by or  affiliated  with the  Company,  shall not be
          entitled to receive  severance  benefits  under this Plan. The Company
          may  in  its  sole  discretion   decide   otherwise  by  initiating  a
          reduction-in-force  before the effective  date of the sale or transfer
          and selecting for an offer of Plan benefits those  affected  employees
          it determines  will  experience an employment  loss as a result of the
          transaction..

     1.6  An employee whose position has been selected for a  reduction-in-force
          at a time when the  employee  is on  protected  family  leave or other
          legally  protected leave will be eligible for severance  benefits.  An
          employee  who is on leave that is not for  protected  family  leave or
          other  legally-protected  leave when a  reduction-in-force  eliminates
          his/her job will not be eligible for severance benefits, regardless of
          the length of the leave,  and may not return to active  status  unless
          there is an open requisition for which the employee is qualified .

2    SEVERANCE BENEFITS

     The benefits provided under this Plan (Plan benefits or severance benefits)
include severance pay and extended medical and dental benefits.

     2.1  Severance Pay

          2.1.1Employees  affected by a  reduction-in-force  and selected by the
               Company to receive an offer of severance benefits under this Plan
               will  be  eligible  for  severance  pay in  accordance  with  the
               approved  severance  pay  schedule  in  effect  at  the  time  of
               separation,  provided  they accept the offer.  The  severance pay
               schedule set forth in Section 2.1.2 is a guideline  only, and, in
               the  discretion  of the  Company,  may be  modified,  amended  or
               eliminated.  Any such change shall be made by the Corporate  Vice
               President of Human  Resources.  Unless the  Company,  in its sole
               discretion,  decides otherwise,  the amounts scheduled below will
               apply in all other  cases.  Except as provided in Section  2.1.8,
               severance  pay  shall be paid in one  lump-sum  as of the date of
               separation  unless the Company,  in its sole discretion,  decides
               otherwise.

          2.1.2Severance  Pay  Schedule.  Employees  who  accept  the  Company's
               severance  benefits  offer will  receive  severance  pay based on
               their years of Company service:

               Years of service                   Weeks of severance pay
                  Up to 1 year                          3 weeks
                  1 year + one day to 2 years           4 weeks
                  2 years + one day to 3 years          5 weeks
                  3 years + one day to 4 years          6 weeks
                  4 years + one day to 5 years          7 weeks
                  5 years + one day to 6 years          8 weeks
                  6 years + one day to 7 years          9 weeks
                  7 years + one day to 8 years          10 weeks
                  8 years + one day to 9 years          11 weeks
                  9 years + one day to 10 years         12.5 weeks
                  10 years + one day to 11 years        14 weeks
                  11 years + one day to 12 years        15.5 weeks
                  12 years + one day to 13 years        17 weeks
                  13 years + one day to 14 years        18.5 weeks
                  14 years + one day to 15 years        20 weeks

 Additional 1.5 weeks for every yearly increment thereafter.


          2.1.3Severance  pay will be  calculated  according to base salary plus
               applicable shift premium, unless the Company decides otherwise.

          2.1.4Severance pay shall be net of amounts  withheld by the Company to
               fulfill any federal, state or local withholding requirement.

          2.1.5All  vacation  accrued to date of  separation  will  generally be
               paid in addition to severance pay, as part of final pay.

          2.1.6 Any borrowed vacation will be subtracted from severance pay.

               2.1.6.1 However,  no employee who is eligible to receive benefits
                    under this Plan will  receive  less than 40 hours  severance
                    pay, except as noted in Section 2.1.1 or 2.1.6.2.

               2.1.6.2 Severance  pay may be  reduced  below 40 hours  if:  (1)
                    travel  advances  have not been  accounted for with approved
                    Expense  Reports,   and/or  (2)  garnishments  are  normally
                    deducted from pay.

          2.1.7Regular  part-time  employees  will generally be paid one-half of
               the otherwise applicable severance pay, according to their length
               of service and based on their weekly rate of pay.

          2.1.8Employees   who  have  been  selected  to  receive  an  offer  of
               severance  benefits  may  irrevocably  elect,  no later  than the
               earlier of the day prior to their date of  separation  or 30 days
               after their receipt of notice of separation,  to defer receipt of
               their severance pay. If the employee  accepts the offer,  payment
               of deferred  severance pay will be made within sixty (60) days of
               the first of the  calendar  year  following  the year of  his/her
               separation from service. The election shall be made in accordance
               with  procedures  established by the Company.  Interest shall not
               accrue on the severance pay from the date of deferral to the date
               of payment.
<PAGE>

          2.1.9Unless the Company,  in its sole discretion,  decides  otherwise,
               severance  pay  offered  to  employees  who  previously  received
               severance  benefits  will  be  based  on  their  date  of  rehire
               following the most recent receipt of severance benefits.

     2.2  Extended medical and dental coverage

          2.2.1Employees  affected by a  reduction-in-force  and selected by the
               Company to receive an offer of severance benefits under this Plan
               will be eligible  for  extended  medical  and dental  coverage at
               Company  expense,  provided they accept the offer.  Such extended
               coverage will begin  following the last day of the month in which
               the employee  separates from  employment and shall continue for a
               period set out in the  approved  extended  coverage  schedule  in
               effect at the time of separation,  if any. The schedule set forth
               in Section 2.2.2 is a guideline  only,  and, in the discretion of
               the Company,  may be modified,  amended or  eliminated.  Any such
               change  shall be made by the  Corporate  Vice  President of Human
               Resources.  Unless the Company,  in its sole discretion,  decides
               otherwise, the extended coverage schedule below will apply in all
               other cases.

          2.2.2Extended  coverage  schedule.  Employees who accept the Company's
               severance benefits offer, will receive extended mental and dental
               coverage for a period based on their years of Company service:

               Years of service                   Coverage after separation
               ----------------                   -------------------------
               Up to 7 years                                 3 months
               7 years + one day to 14 years                 6 months
               14 years + one day to 20 years                9 months
               More than 20 years                           12 months

          2.2.3National will pay the entire cost of medical and dental  benefits
               for the applicable  extended  coverage period.  Extended coverage
               shall only be available  to the extent the affected  employee has
               coverage  in  place  at  the  time  he or  she  is  selected  for
               termination  as part of a  reduction-in-force  and has  rights to
               continue  such  coverage  under COBRA,  the federal  continuation
               coverage  law.  Employees  who opted out of  coverage  during the
               previous open enrollment period may not enroll in order to obtain
               extended coverage.  Likewise, employees may not add dependents to
               obtain extended coverage, except as permitted by COBRA.
<PAGE>

          2.2.4Under  COBRA,  employees  are  eligible to purchase  continuation
               coverage  after  their  employment  terminates,  typically  for a
               period  of  up  to  18  months,   by  paying  monthly   premiums.
               Information about COBRA continuation  coverage under the National
               Health  Care  Continuation  (HCC)  Option  will  be  provided  to
               affected employees. After employees separate from employment, any
               rights they may have to change coverage,  add dependents or elect
               other coverage options will be determined under the federal COBRA
               law and regulations.  Those  individuals  terminated from Company
               employment  who  have  COBRA  rights  may  purchase  continuation
               coverage  even if they do not  receive  or  accept  an  offer  of
               severance benefits under this Plan.  Employees who do receive and
               accept a  severance  benefits  offer  will not have to pay  COBRA
               premiums  during the  extended  coverage  provided as a severance
               benefit under this Plan. However, the  Company-provided  extended
               coverage will count toward the maximum period of COBRA  coverage.
               After Company-paid extended coverage ends, employees will be able
               to  maintain   coverage   during  the   remainder  of  the  COBRA
               continuation period by paying the required monthly premiums.

          2.2.5Employees   may  be  eligible  to  convert   their  medical  plan
               participation  to an  individual  policy  within 31 days from the
               date their COBRA coverage ends. There is no individual conversion
               option under the dental plan.

          2.2.6Unless the Company,  in its sole discretion,  decides  otherwise,
               extended medical and dental coverage for employees who previously
               received severance benefits will be based on their date of rehire
               following the most recent receipt of severance benefits.

     2.3  Notice or payment in lieu of notice

          2.3.1Generally,  the Company  intends to give employees  affected by a
               reduction-in-force   30  days  notice  before  their   employment
               terminates.

          2.3.2In the event that an affected  employee is  terminated  for cause
               during the notice period, no benefits shall be payable to him/her
               under this Plan.

          2.3.3If an employee affected by a reduction-in-force  and offered Plan
               benefits elects to terminate his/her employment before the end of
               the notice  period,  his usual pay and  benefits  will end on the
               termination  date. The employee will receive  severance  benefits
               under  this  Plan  only if the  Company  determines  in its  sole
               discretion that his/her early separation is in the Company's best
               interests  and only if he/she  accepts  the  benefits  offer,  in
               accordance with Section 2.4.
<PAGE>

          2.3.4If the  Company  in its  sole  discretion  determines  it will no
               longer  require the  services of some or all  affected  employees
               before the end of the  notice  period,  it may elect to  continue
               those  employees'  usual pay and benefits  through the end of the
               notice  period,  but relieve  them of the  obligation  to provide
               further  services.  After the notice period ends,  the employees'
               employment  will  terminate,  their usual pay and  benefits  will
               cease and they will receive any benefits offered under this Plan,
               provided they have accepted the offer.

          2.3.5If  the  reduction-in-force  falls  under  the  WARN  Act  and/or
               California  Labor Code  sections  1400 et seq., or if the Company
               otherwise decides in its sole discretion,  the generally-provided
               30-day notice period shall be changed to a 60-day notice  period.
               If the  reduction  in force  falls  under  California  Labor Code
               sections 1400, et seq., but not under the WARN Act, severance pay
               to California employees covered by those sections will be reduced
               by the amount of pay they receive for the  additional  30 days of
               notice.  Such  reductions  shall be made in the same  manner  and
               subject to the same 40-hour minimum  severance  payment described
               in Sections 2.1.6, 2.1.6.1 and 2.1.6.2.

          2.3.6The Company reserves the right to terminate  affected  employees'
               employment before the end of the applicable notice period and pay
               such employees,  in lieu of notice, an amount  representing their
               usual  pay and  benefits  for any  remaining  part of the  notice
               period.  In the event the Company takes such action, it shall pay
               such  amount-in-lieu-of-notice to each affected employee, whether
               or not he/she  accepts a  severance  benefits  offer and  becomes
               entitled to severance benefits under this Plan.

          2.3.7Any deviation from these provisions  requires the approval of the
               Corporate Vice President of Human Resources.

     2.4  Accepting the Company's severance benefits offer

          2.4.1An  employee  shall not be  eligible  to  receive  the  severance
               benefits  offered by the Company  under this Plan  unless  he/she
               accepts the offer.  An employee  can accept the  Company's  offer
               only  by  entering  into  a  valid  and  enforceable   separation
               agreement  that  includes  a  release  and  waiver of any and all
               claims against the Company.

          2.4.2The  Company  may in its  sole  discretion  impose  different  or
               additional  conditions  for  accepting  an offer of, or otherwise
               becoming entitled to, Plan benefits.
<PAGE>

     2.5  Revocation or cessation of Plan benefits

          2.5.1The Company shall revoke and/or cease  severance  benefits  under
               this  Plan if it  determines,  in its  sole  discretion,  that an
               employee  has breached any  obligation  owed to the Company;  has
               engaged in any activity  injurious  to the  Company;  or has been
               incorrectly or mistakenly offered or awarded Plan benefits.

          2.5.2The Company shall revoke  severance  benefits  under this Plan in
               the event it decides not to  terminate  an employee or recalls or
               rehires an employee  before he/she  receives such  benefits.  The
               Company  shall  cease  Plan  benefits  in the event it recalls or
               rehires  an  employee  while  he/she  is  still   receiving  such
               benefits.

3    ELIGIBILITY FOR RECALL AND INCENTIVE PLAN AWARDS

     3.1  Recall/Rehire

          3.1.1Employees affected by a  reduction-in-force  will be eligible for
               recall for six months following their separation  dates,  whether
               or not  they  accept  the  Company's  severance  benefits  offer.
               Affected  employees  will be  considered  for positions for which
               they are qualified based on critical skills and job  performance.
               Any affected employee who refuses an offer of suitable employment
               from the Company or declines an interview for a reasonable recall
               opportunity will no longer be eligible for recall.

          3.1.2Except as otherwise  provided herein,  the Company's  Bridging of
               Service policy will apply to a separated employee who is rehired.
               Length of  service  related  to  specific  benefit  plans will be
               governed by the rules of those  plans.  If the  specific  benefit
               plan  does  not  address  length  of  service,  the  terms of the
               Company's Bridging of Service policy will apply.

               3.1.2.1  Vacation  accrual  will begin at zero,  with the accrual
                    rate  determined  according  to the  Company's  Bridging  of
                    Service policy taking into  consideration  employee's  prior
                    years of service.

     3.2  Incentive plan awards

          3.2.1Employees  selected  for a  reduction-in-force  may or may not be
               eligible  for  incentive  plan  awards,  depending  on  when  the
               reduction-in-force  takes  place.  Whether or not such  employees
               accept  the  Company's  severance  benefits  offer  will not be a
               factor.  Participants  in the Key Employee  Incentive Plan (KEIP)
               whose employment is terminated by a reduction-in-force during the
               plan  period  will not  receive  an  award.  Participants  in the
               Success  Sharing Plan (SSP) whose  employment  is  terminated  by
               reduction-in-force during the measurement period will not receive
               an award. If a KEIP or SSP participant's employment is terminated
               by a  reduction-in-force  after the plan  period  or  measurement
               period,  but before the award payment  date,  he/she will receive
               the full amount of any award on the award payment date.

<PAGE>

4    ADMINISTRATION

     4.1  The Company is the Plan Administrator. The Company may delegate to the
          Vice   President   of  Human   Resources   or  any  other   individual
          responsibility  for the administration of the Plan, and for making any
          interpretation  of or implementing any change in Plan provisions which
          the Company is  authorized  to make  hereunder.  Benefits are provided
          through direct  payments by the Company from its general  assets.  The
          Company has full  discretion  and  authority to interpret the Plan and
          make all determinations relating to eligibility for and the payment of
          benefits under the Plan. The Company's interpretations and exercise of
          discretion  hereunder  shall  be  final  and  binding  on all  persons
          claiming benefits under the Plan.

5    AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

     5.1  The Company  reserves the right to amend or terminate  the Plan at any
          time  by  action  of its  Board  of  Directors,  or,  in the  case  of
          administrative  provisions,  by the Corporate  Vice President of Human
          Resources.

6    NO EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

     6.1  The adoption of the Plan is not a contract between the Company and any
          employee,  nor  does  it give  any  employee  any  right  to  continue
          employment  with the  Company,  or  interfere  with  the  right of the
          Company to  discharge  any  employee.  Nothing  contained in this Plan
          shall give any employee or beneficiary any right, title or interest in
          any property of the Company.

7    NO ASSIGNMENT

     7.1  An  employee's  rights under this Plan cannot be assigned,  alienated,
          encumbered, or otherwise transferred.

8    CLAIMS PROCEDURE

     8.1  Employees do not have to file a claim for severance benefits. However,
          if  an  employee  feels  severance   benefits  have  been  incorrectly
          determined,  the  employee  may file a  written  notice  with the Plan
          Administrator,  at the  address  listed in Section  9.9,  to request a
          review of the determination.
<PAGE>

     8.2  The Plan Administrator will give written notice of its decision within
          90 days after the filing of the  request  for  review  unless  special
          circumstances require an extension up to an additional 90 days. If the
          Plan Administrator determines that an extension of time for processing
          is required, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the
          claimant prior to the termination of the initial 90-day period.  In no
          event shall such extension  exceed a period of 90 days from the end of
          such initial period.  The extension  notice shall indicate the special
          circumstances requiring an extension of time and the date by which the
          Plan  expects  to  render  the  benefit  determination.  If a claim is
          denied,  the notice will (1) specify the reason or reasons for denial,
          (2) refer to the  pertinent  Plan  provisions  on which the  denial is
          based, (3) describe any additional  material or information  necessary
          to perfect  the claims,  and an  explanation  of why such  material or
          information is necessary and (4) explain the Plan's review  procedures
          and the  time  limits  applicable  to  such  procedures,  including  a
          statement of the claimant's  right to bring a civil action under ERISA
          Section 502(a)  following an adverse benefit  determination on review.
          The claimant  may then appeal the decision by filing a written  notice
          of appeal with the Plan Administrator  within 60 days after receipt of
          the notice of denial.

     8.3  A  claimant  or any  authorized  representative  may,  before or after
          filing a notice of appeal, review any documents pertinent to the claim
          and submit documents,  records, written comments and other information
          relating to the claim.  The claimant  shall be provided,  upon request
          and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of all documents,
          records,  and other  information  relevant to the claimant's  claim of
          benefits.  The Plan Administrator will make its decision on the appeal
          within  60  days  after   receipt  of  the  appeal   (unless   special
          circumstances  require an  extension  of time up to 120 days).  If the
          Plan Administrator determines that an extension of time for processing
          is required, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the
          claimant prior to the termination of the initial 60-day period.  In no
          event shall such extension  exceed a period of 60 days from the end of
          such initial period.  The extension  notice shall indicate the special
          circumstances requiring an extension of time and the date by which the
          Plan  expects to render the  benefit  determination.  Such review will
          take  into  account  all  comments,   documents,   records  and  other
          information  submitted by the claimant relating to the claim,  without
          regard to whether such  information was submitted or considered in the
          initial benefit determination.

     8.4  Such  decision  shall be rendered in  writing,  and shall  include (1)
          specific  reasons for the  decision,  (2) specific  references  to the
          provisions of the Plan on which the decision is based, (3) a statement
          that the  claimant is entitled  to receive,  upon  request and free of
          charge,  reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents,  records,
          and other  information  relevant to the claimant's claim for benefits,
          and (4) a statement of the  claimant's  right to bring an action under
          Section 502(a) of ERISA. Such decision shall be final.

9    OTHER INFORMATION

     9.1  Legal Process

          9.1.1Any legal  process  having to do with a denied claim or otherwise
               should be directed by writing to:

                                      National Semiconductor Corporation
                                      Attention: General Counsel
                                      2900 Semiconductor Drive
                                      P.O. Box 58090
                                      Santa Clara, California 95052-8090
<PAGE>

     9.2  Rights and Protections

          9.2.1ERISA  provides for the  following  rights and  protections  with
               respect  to the  Plan.  As a  participant  in the  Plan,  you are
               entitled to:

               9.2.1.1  Examine,  without  charge,  at the Plan  Administrator's
                    office, all Plan documents and copies of all documents filed
                    by the Plan  with  the U.S.  Department  of  Labor,  such as
                    annual reports and Plan descriptions.

               9.2.1.2  Obtain   copies  of  Plan   documents   and  other  Plan
                    information upon written request to the Plan  Administrator.
                    The  Administrator  may  make a  reasonable  charge  for the
                    copies.

          9.2.2If a participant's  claim for a benefit is denied, in whole or in
               part, the participant  must receive a written  explanation of the
               reason for the denial.  The participant has the right to have the
               Plan Administrator  review and reconsider his or her claim. Under
               ERISA  there are steps that the  participant  can take to enforce
               the above  rights.  For  instance,  if the  participant  requests
               materials from the Plan  Administrator  and does not receive them
               within 30 days,  he or she may file suit in a federal  court.  In
               such a case,  the court may  require  the Plan  Administrator  to
               provide the materials and to pay the participant up to $100 a day
               until he or she receives the materials, unless the materials were
               not sent  because  of  reasons  beyond  the  control  of the Plan
               Administrator.

          9.2.3In addition to creating rights for plan participants,  ERISA also
               imposes  duties  upon  the  people  who are  responsible  for the
               operation of an employee benefit plan. The people who operate the
               Plan,  called  "fiduciaries,"  have a duty to do so prudently and
               solely in the interest of Plan participants and beneficiaries.

          9.2.4If it should happen that the Plan  fiduciaries  misuse the Plan's
               money or if a participant is discriminated  against for asserting
               his or her rights,  he or she may seek  assistance  from the U.S.
               Department  of Labor,  or may file suit in a federal  court.  The
               court will decide who should pay court  costs and legal fees.  If
               the  participant  is  successful,  the court may order the person
               sued to pay these costs and fees. If the participant  loses,  the
               court may order the  participant to pay these costs and fees, if,
               for example, it finds the claim or suit frivolous.

          9.2.5Neither  the  Company  nor any  other  person  may  terminate  or
               otherwise  discriminate against an employee in any way to prevent
               the  employee  from   obtaining  a  benefit  from  this  Plan  or
               exercising rights under ERISA.

          9.2.6Questions  about  the  information  presented  herein  should  be
               directed  to  the  employee's  supervisor,  the  Human  Resources
               Department or the Plan Administrator. Questions about participant
               rights  under ERISA or if  assistance  is  required in  obtaining
               documents  from  the  Plan  Administrator,   participants  should
               contact  the nearest  office of the Pension and Welfare  Benefits
               Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, listed in the telephone
               directory or the Division of Technical  Assistance and Inquiries,
               Pension and Welfare Benefits  Administration,  U.S. Department of
               Labor,  200  Constitution  Avenue N.W.,  Washington,  D.C. 20210.
               Participants   may  also  obtain   certain   publications   about
               participant  rights and  responsibilities  under ERISA by calling
               the  publications  hotline of the Pension  and  Welfare  Benefits
               Administration.

     9.3  Plan Name -- The National Semiconductor  Corporation Severance Benefit
          Plan.

     9.4  Plan Number -- 513

     9.5  Plan Year -- The Plan year is the 12-month period  corresponding  with
          the Company's fiscal year end.

     9.6  Type of Plan -- The Plan is a severance benefits plan.

     9.7  Plan Administration -- The Plan is administered by the Company.

<PAGE>

     9.8  Plan Sponsor and Employers' Identification Number (EIN)

                                      National Semiconductor Corporation
                                      2900 Semiconductor Drive
                                      P.O. Box 58090
                                      Santa Clara, California 95052-8090
                                      (408) 721-5000
                                      EIN: 95-2095071

     9.9  Name and Address of Plan Administrator

                                      National Semiconductor Corporation
                                      Attention:  Corporate Benefits
                                      2900 Semiconductor Drive M/S C1-195
                                      P.O. Box 58090
                                      Santa Clara, California 95052-8090

     9.10 Name and Address of the Agent for Service of Legal Process

                                      National Semiconductor Corporation
                                      Attention: General Counsel
                                      2900 Semiconductor Drive  M/S G3-135
                                      P.O. Box 58090
                                      Santa Clara, California 95052-8090

     9.11 Source of  Financing  of the Plan -- The Plan is unfunded and the cost
          of benefits provided by the Plan is paid by the Company.

     9.12 The Plan's  Requirements  Regarding  Eligibility for Participation and
          Benefits -- See Section 1, "Selection Criteria and Eligibility".

     9.13 Description  of  Circumstances  Which May Result in  Disqualification,
          Ineligibility  or  Denial  or  Loss  of  Benefits  -- See  Section  1,
          "Selection  and   Eligibility   Criteria"  and  Section  2  "Severance
          Benefits".

     9.14 Procedure to Be Followed in Presenting  Claims for Benefits  Under the
          Plan --See Section 8, "Claims Procedure".

     9.15 Governing  Law - The  provisions  of  the  Plan  shall  be  construed,
          administered  and  enforced  according  to the  laws of the  State  of
          California, to the extent not preempted by federal law.

<PAGE>


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, National Semiconductor  Corporation,  by its duly authorized
representative,  has caused this  amended Plan to be executed in its name and on
its behalf as of this 6th day of January, 2003.


                                        National Semiconductor Corporation


                                        By _//S// EDWARD SWEENEY
                                        Edward Sweeney
                                        Senior Vice-President, Human Resources

<PAGE>


                       National Semiconductor Corporation
                             Severance Benefit Plan
                      Executive Addendum - January 1, 2003



Eligibility

All Executives in National's  executive  level  classifications  are eligible to
receive  severance  benefits  that may be greater  than the  severance  benefits
outlined in Section 2.1.1 of the Severance Benefit Plan.

This policy will not apply in cases where an executive is being  terminated  for
misconduct or  unsatisfactory  job performance  which has been  communicated and
documented.

Severance Benefits


Executives  are  eligible for  severance  benefits  according  to the  following
schedule,  or  according  to the  schedule  outlined  in  Section  2.1.1  of the
Severance Benefit Plan, whichever is greater.


       xecutive Level 3 (4400 Job Codes)              Six months severance pay
       Executive Level 4 & 5 (4300 & 4200 Job Codes)  Five months severance pay
       Executive Level 6 (4100 Job Codes)             Four months severance pay


All other provisions of the National Semiconductor Corporation Severance Benefit
Plan applies.

Approval:


 //S// EDWARD SWEENEY                                              1/6/03
 --------------------                                              ------
Edward Sweeney, Senior Vice-President, Human Resources                 Date




</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-10
<SEQUENCE>5
<FILENAME>form10k_103.txt
<DESCRIPTION>EXHIBIT 10.3 STOCK OPTION PLAN
<TEXT>
                                                                    Exhibit 10.3

                       NATIONAL SEMICONDUCTOR CORPORATION

                                STOCK OPTION PLAN
                      (as amended effective April 15, 2003)



1.   TITLE OF PLAN

     The  title of this Plan is the  National  Semiconductor  Corporation  Stock
Option Plan,  hereinafter  referred to as the "Plan",  and formerly known as the
National Semiconductor Corporation 1977 Stock Option Plan.


2.   PURPOSE

     The Plan is intended to align the  interests of eligible  key  employees of
National  Semiconductor  Corporation  (hereinafter called the "Corporation") and
its subsidiaries (as hereinafter defined) with the interests of the stockholders
of the Corporation and to provide incentives for such employees to exert maximum
efforts for the success of the  Corporation.  By extending to key  employees the
opportunity  to  acquire  proprietary   interests  in  the  Corporation  and  to
participate in its success,  the Plan may be expected to benefit the Corporation
and its  stockholders  by making it possible for the  Corporation to attract and
retain the best  available  talent and by rewarding key management and technical
personnel for their part in increasing the value of the Corporation's shares. It
is further  intended that options granted pursuant to this Plan may be incentive
stock  options  under  Section  422A of the Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as
amended (the "Code"),  or may be options  which are not incentive  stock options
(hereinafter called "non-qualified stock options").


3.   STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

     There will be reserved for issue upon the exercise of options granted under
the Plan  39,354,929  shares of the  Corporation's  $.50 par value Common Stock,
subject to adjustment as provided in Paragraph 8, which may be unissued  shares,
reacquired  shares,  or shares  bought on the market.  If any option which shall
have been granted shall expire or terminate for any reason  without  having been
exercised in full, the unpurchased  shares shall again become  available for the
purposes of the Plan (unless the Plan shall have been terminated).

4.   ADMINISTRATION

     (a) The Plan shall be administered by a committee of the Board of Directors
of the Corporation (the  "Committee")  which shall be appointed by a majority of
the whole Board. The Committee shall be constituted to permit the Plan to comply
with (i) Rule  16b-3  promulgated  under  the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934
("Exchange  Act") and any successor rule and (ii) IRS  regulations  issued under
Section 162(m) of the Code, and shall  initially  consist of not less than three
members of the Board, all of whom are ineligible for benefits under the Plan and
none of whom has been so eligible for at least one year prior to serving on such
Committee.

     (b) The Committee  shall have the plenary power,  subject to and within the
limits of the express provisions of the Plan:

          (i) To determine from time to time which of the eligible persons shall
     be granted  options  under the Plan;  the time or times (during the term of
     the option)  within  which all or portions of each option may be  exercised
     and the number of shares for which an option or options shall be granted to
     each of them.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no person may be granted more
     than 500,000 options during any one fiscal year of the Corporation.

          (ii) To construe and interpret the Plan and options  granted under it,
     and  to  establish,  amend,  and  revoke  rules  and  regulations  for  its
     administration.  The  Committee,  in the  exercise  of  this  power,  shall
     generally  determine all questions of policy and expediency that may arise,
     may  correct  any  defect,   or  supply  any  omission  or  reconcile   any
     inconsistency in the Plan or in any option agreement in a manner and to the
     extent  it shall  deem  necessary  or  expedient  to make  the  Plan  fully
     effective.

          (iii) To prescribe  the terms and  provisions  of each option  granted
     (which need not be identical).

          (iv) To determine  whether  options  granted shall be incentive  stock
     options or non-qualified stock options.

          (v) To determine whether options granted shall be transferable without
     consideration  to immediate family members or family trusts for the benefit
     of the optionee's  immediate  family  members.  As used herein,  "immediate
     family" means parents, spouses and children.

     (c) The  Committee  shall not have the  authority  to grant new  options in
exchange for the cancellation of stock options previously granted under the Plan
or under any other stock option plan of the Corporation.
<PAGE>

5.   ELIGIBILITY

     Options may be granted only to regular salaried  officers and key employees
of the Corporation and its subsidiaries. The term "subsidiary" corporation shall
mean any corporation in which the Corporation controls,  directly or indirectly,
fifty  percent  (50%) or more of the  combined  voting  power of all  classes of
stock. A director of the  Corporation  shall not be eligible for the benefits of
the  Plan  unless  such  person  also  is a  regular  salaried  employee  of the
Corporation and/or of any subsidiary.

6.   TERMS OF OPTION AND OPTION AGREEMENTS

     Each  option  shall be  evidenced  by a Stock  Option  Agreement  which may
expressly  identify the options as incentive  stock options or as  non-qualified
stock options,  and be in such form and contain such provisions as the Committee
shall from time to time deem appropriate; provided, however, that the grant of a
non-qualified option pursuant to this Plan shall in no way be construed to be an
alternative  to the right of an  employee  to  purchase  stock  pursuant  to any
incentive stock option  heretofore or hereafter  granted to an employee pursuant
to any  stock  option  plans  now  in  existence  or  hereafter  adopted  by the
Corporation.  The terms of the option agreements need not be identical, but each
option agreement shall include, by appropriate  language,  or be subject to, the
substance of all of the applicable following provisions:

     (a) The purchase  price under each option granted shall be as determined by
the Committee but shall in no instance be less than 100% of fair market value on
the date of  grant.  The  fair  market  value on the date of grant  shall be the
opening  price of the Common  Stock on the New York Stock  Exchange on such date
(or if there shall be no trading on such date,  then on the first  previous date
on which there is such trading).

     (b) The maximum term of any incentive  stock option shall be ten years from
the date it was granted.

     (c) The maximum term of any  non-qualified  stock option shall be ten years
and one day from the date it was granted.

     (d) An option may not be exercised  to any extent,  either by the person to
whom it was granted or by the grantee's  transferee,  or by any person after the
grantee's  death,  unless the person to whom the option was granted has remained
in the continuous  employ of the Corporation,  or of a subsidiary,  for not less
than six  months  from the date when the  option was  granted.  Otherwise,  each
option shall be exercisable as determined by the Committee.

     (e) The Corporation, during the terms of options granted under the Plan, at
all times will keep  available the number of shares of stock required to satisfy
such options.

     (f) The Corporation will seek to obtain from each regulatory  commission or
agency having  jurisdiction  such authority as may be required to issue and sell
shares of stock to satisfy such options.  Inability of the Corporation to obtain
from any such  regulatory  commission or agency  authority which counsel for the
Corporation  deems  necessary  for the lawful  issuance and sale of its stock to
satisfy  such options  shall  relieve the  Corporation  from any  liability  for
failure to issue and sell stock to satisfy  such  options  pending the time when
such authority is obtained or is obtainable.

     (g)  Neither  a  person  to  whom  an  option  is  granted  nor  his or her
transferee, legal representative, heir, legatee, or distributee, shall be deemed
to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder  with  respect to,
any shares  subject to such option  unless and until he or she has exercised his
or her option pursuant to the terms thereof.

     (h) In order to be exempt under  Section 16 of the Exchange Act, the option
may  not  be  transferable  except  by  will  or  by  the  laws  of  descent  or
distribution,  and  during  the  lifetime  of the  person to whom the  option is
granted he or she alone may exercise it.

     (i) An option  shall  terminate  and may not be  exercised if the person to
whom it is granted ceases to be continuously employed by the Corporation,  or by
a  subsidiary  of the  Corporation,  except  (subject  nevertheless  to the last
sentence of this subparagraph (h)): (1) if the grantee's  continuous  employment
is  terminated  for  any  reason  other  than  (i)  retirement,  (ii)  permanent
disability, or (iii) death, the grantee or the grantee's transferee may exercise
the option to the extent that the grantee was  entitled to exercise  such option
at the date of such  termination at any time within a period of three (3) months
following the date of such  termination,  or if the grantee shall die within the
period of three (3) months following the date of such termination without having
exercised such option,  the option may be exercised  within a period of one year
following  the  grantee's  death by the  grantee's  transferee  or the person or
persons to whom the  grantee's  rights  under the option  pass by will or by the
laws of descent or distribution  but only to the extent  exercisable at the date
of such termination; (2) if the grantee's continuous employment is terminated by
(i) retirement,  (ii) permanent  disability,  or (iii) death,  the option may be
exercised  in  accordance  with its terms and  conditions  at any time  within a
period of five (5) years  following the date of such  termination by the grantee
or the  grantee's  transferee,  or in the event of the grantee's  death,  by the
persons to whom the  grantee's  rights under the option shall pass by will or by
the laws of descent or distribution;  (3) if the grantee's continuous employment
is terminated and within a period of ninety (90) days  thereafter the grantee is
recalled to the active payroll,  the Committee  may reinstate any portion of the
option  previously  granted  but  not  exercised.   Nothing  contained  in  this
subparagraph  (h) is  intended to extend the stated term of the option and in no
event may an option be exercised by anyone  after the  expiration  of its stated
term.
<PAGE>

     (j) Option agreements evidencing incentive stock options shall contain such
terms and provisions as may be necessary to render them incentive  stock options
pursuant to Section 422A of the Code and the Income Tax  Regulation  thereunder,
as the  same or any  successor  statute  or  regulations  may at the  time be in
effect.

     (k) Nothing in this Plan or in any option granted hereunder shall confer on
any  optionee any right to continue in the employ of the  Corporation  or any of
its  subsidiaries,  or to interfere in any way with the right of the Corporation
or any of its subsidiaries to terminate his or her employment at any time.

7.   TIME OF GRANTING OPTION

     The Committee  shall  determine the date on which options are granted under
the Plan. All options  granted must be approved at a meeting of the Committee by
a majority of the members of the Committee.

8.   ADJUSTMENT IN NUMBER OF SHARES AND IN OPTION PRICE

     In the event there is any change in the shares of the  Corporation  through
the   declaration  of  stock   dividends  or  a  stock   split-up,   or  through
recapitalization  resulting in share split-ups,  or combinations or exchanges of
shares, or otherwise,  the number of shares available for option, as well as the
shares  subject  to  any  option  and  the  option  price   thereof,   shall  be
appropriately adjusted by the Committee.

9.   PAYMENT OF PURCHASE PRICE AND WITHHOLDING TAXES

     (a) The  purchase  price  for all  shares  purchased  pursuant  to  options
exercised must be either paid in full in cash, or paid in full, with the consent
of the Committee,  in Common Stock of the Corporation  that has been held by the
optionee  at least six (6)  months  valued at fair  market  value on the date of
exercise or a  combination  of cash and Common  Stock.  Fair market value on the
date of exercise is the opening  price of the Common Stock on the New York Stock
Exchange on such date, or if there shall be no trading on such date, then on the
first previous date on which there was such trading.

     (b) The Committee  may permit the payment of all or part of the  applicable
required  withholding taxes due upon exercise of an option by the withholding of
shares otherwise issuable upon exercise of the option. Option shares withheld in
payment  of  such  taxes  shall  be  valued  at the  fair  market  value  of the
Corporation's Common Stock on the date of exercise as defined herein.

10.  CHANGE IN CONTROL

     In the event of a Change-of-Control  (as defined in the attached Exhibit A)
of the  Corporation,  any options granted  hereunder which are outstanding as of
the date such  Change-of-Control  is determined to have occurred,  and which are
not then  exercisable and vested,  shall become fully  exercisable and vested to
the full extent of the original grant.

11.  AMENDMENT, SUSPENSION, OR TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

     (a) The Board may  amend,  modify,  suspend or  terminate  the Plan for the
purpose of meeting or addressing  any changes in legal  requirements  or for any
other purpose  permitted by law. The Board will seek stockholder  approval of an
amendment if determined to be required by or advisable under  regulations of the
Securities and Exchange Commission or the Internal Revenue Service, the rules of
any  stock  exchange  on  which  the  Corporation's  stock is  listed,  or other
applicable law or regulation.

     (b) The Plan  shall  continue  in effect  until all  shares  available  for
issuance under the Plan have been issued. An option may not be granted while the
Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

     (c) The rights and obligations  under any options granted while the Plan is
in  effect  shall  not be  altered  or  impaired  by  amendment,  suspension  or
termination  of the Plan,  except  with the  consent  of the  person to whom the
option was granted or the grantee's transferee or to whom rights under an option
shall have passed by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

12.  EFFECTIVE DATE

     The Plan,  as amended and  restated,  shall  become  effective on April 22,
1994,  subject to approval by the stockholders of the Corporation  within twelve
(12) months after said date.

<PAGE>
                                    EXHIBIT A



A "change of control" means:

     (a) The acquisition by any individual,  entity or group (within the meaning
of Section  13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act (a "Person") of  beneficial
ownership  (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act)
of 20% or more of either (x) the then outstanding  shares of common stock of the
Corporation  (the  "Outstanding  Corporation  Common Stock") or (y) the combined
voting  power of the  then  outstanding  voting  securities  of the  Corporation
entitled to vote  generally  in the  election  of  directors  (the  "Outstanding
Corporation Voting Securities");  provided,  however,  that for purposes of this
subsection  (a), the following  acquisitions  shall not be deemed to result in a
change of control:  (i)any acquisition  directly from the Corporation,  (ii) any
acquisition by the  Corporation,  (iii) any acquisition by any employee  benefit
plan (or related  trust)  sponsored  or  maintained  by the  Corporation  or any
corporation  controlled  by the  Corporation  or  (iv)  any  acquisition  by any
corporation  pursuant to a transaction  that complies with clauses (i), (ii) and
(iii) of subsection (c) below; or

     (b)  individuals  who,  as of the  date  hereof,  constitute  the  Board of
Directors of the  Corporation  (the  "Incumbent  Board") cease for any reason to
constitute  at  least a  majority  of the  Board;  provided,  however,  that any
individual becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election,  or
nomination  for election by the  Corporation's  shareholders,  was approved by a
vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board
shall be  considered  as though such  individual  were a member of the Incumbent
Board,  but  excluding,  for this  purpose,  any such  individual  whose initial
assumption  of office  occurs as a result  of an actual or  threatened  election
contest  with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or
threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other
than the Board; or

     (c)  the   approval  by  the   shareholders   of  the   Corporation   of  a
reorganization,  merger or consolidation or sale or other  disposition of all or
substantially  all of the assets of the Corporation or the acquisition of assets
of another  corporation  ("Business  Combination")  or, if  consummation of such
Business  Combination is subject,  at the time of such approval by shareholders,
to the consent of any government or governmental  agency,  the obtaining of such
consent (either explicitly or implicitly by consummation) unless, following such
Business  Combination,  (i)  all or  substantially  all of the  individuals  and
entities who were the beneficial  owners of the Outstanding  Corporation  Common
Stock and Outstanding  Corporation  Voting Securities  immediately prior to such
Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 60% of,
respectively,  the then  outstanding  shares  of common  stock and the  combined
voting  power  of the  then  outstanding  voting  securities  entitled  to  vote
generally in the election of directors,  as the case may be, of the  corporation
resulting  from such Business  Combination  (including,  without  limitation,  a
corporation  that as a result of such transaction owns the Corporation or all or
substantially all of the Corporation's  assets either directly or through one or
more  subsidiaries)  in  substantially  the same proportions as their ownership,
immediately  prior to such Business  Combination of the Outstanding  Corporation
Common Stock and Outstanding Corporation Voting Securities,  as the case may be,
(ii)  no  Person  (excluding  any  corporation   resulting  from  such  Business
Combination or any employee  benefit plan (or related trust) of the  Corporation
or any corporation resulting from such Business Combination)  beneficially owns,
directly  or  indirectly,  20% or more of,  respectively,  the then  outstanding
shares  of  common  stock  of  the  corporation  resulting  from  such  Business
Combination  or the  combined  voting  power  of  the  then  outstanding  voting
securities of such corporation  except to the extent that such ownership existed
prior to the Business  Combination  and (iii) at least a majority of the members
of the board of  directors  of the  corporation  resulting  from  such  Business
Combination  were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of
the  initial  agreement,  or of the  action  of the  Board,  providing  for such
Business Combination; or

     (d)  approval  by  the  shareholders  of  the  Corporation  of  a  complete
liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation.










</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-10
<SEQUENCE>6
<FILENAME>form10k_104.txt
<DESCRIPTION>EXHIBIT 10.4 EXECUTIVE OFFICER STOCK OPTION PLAN
<TEXT>
                                                                    Exhibit 10.4


                       NATIONAL SEMICONDUCTOR CORPORATION
                       EXECUTIVE OFFICER STOCK OPTION PLAN
                      (as amended effective April 15, 2003)



1.   TITLE OF PLAN

     The title of this Plan is the National Semiconductor  Corporation Executive
Officer Stock Option Plan, hereinafter referred to as the "Plan".

2.   PURPOSE

     The Plan is  intended  to align the  interests  of  executive  officers  of
National  Semiconductor  Corporation  (hereinafter called the "Corporation") and
its subsidiaries (as hereinafter defined) with the interests of the stockholders
of the  Corporation  and to provide  incentives for such  executive  officers to
exert  maximum  efforts  for the success of the  Corporation.  By  extending  to
executive  officers  the  opportunity  to acquire  proprietary  interests in the
Corporation  and to  participate  in its  success,  the Plan may be  expected to
benefit the  Corporation  and its  stockholders  by making it  possible  for the
Corporation  to attract and retain the best  available  executive  talent and by
rewarding  them for their  part in  increasing  the  value of the  Corporation's
shares.  It is further intended that options granted pursuant to this Plan shall
only be options which are not incentive  stock options,  as that term is defined
in Section 422A of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended (the "Code").
Such options which may be granted under this Plan shall be referred to herein as
non-qualified stock options.

3.   STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

     There will be reserved for issue upon the exercise of options granted under
the Plan  6,000,000  shares of the  Corporation's  $.50 par value Common  Stock,
subject to adjustment as provided in Paragraph 8, which may be unissued  shares,
reacquired  shares,  or shares  bought on the market.  If any option which shall
have been granted shall expire or terminate for any reason  without  having been
exercised in full, the unpurchased  shares shall again become  available for the
purposes of the Plan (unless the Plan shall have been terminated).
<PAGE>

4.   ADMINISTRATION

     (a) The Plan shall be administered by a committee of the Board of Directors
of the Corporation (the  "Committee")  which shall be appointed by a majority of
the whole Board. The Committee shall be constituted to permit the Plan to comply
with Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 ("Exchange
Act") and any successor rule.

     (b) The Committee  shall have the plenary power,  subject to and within the
limits of the express provisions of the Plan:

          (i) To determine from time to time which of the eligible persons shall
     be granted  options  under the Plan;  the time or times (during the term of
     the option)  within  which all or portions of each option may be  exercised
     and the number of shares for which an option or options shall be granted to
     each of them.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no person may be granted more
     than 1,000,000 options during any one fiscal year of the Corporation.

          (ii) To construe and interpret the Plan and options  granted under it,
     and  to  establish,  amend,  and  revoke  rules  and  regulations  for  its
     administration.  The  Committee,  in the  exercise  of  this  power,  shall
     generally  determine all questions of policy and expediency that may arise,
     may  correct  any  defect,   or  supply  any  omission  or  reconcile   any
     inconsistency in the Plan or in any option agreement in a manner and to the
     extent  it shall  deem  necessary  or  expedient  to make  the  Plan  fully
     effective.

          (iii) To prescribe  the terms and  provisions  of each option  granted
     (which need not be identical).

          (iv) To  determine  whether  options  granted  shall  be  transferable
     without  consideration to immediate family members or family trusts for the
     benefit of optionee's immediate family members. As used herein,  "immediate
     family" means parents, spouses and children.

     (c)  The   Committee  may  not  grant  new  options  in  exchange  for  the
cancellation  of stock  options  previously  granted under the Plan or under any
other stock option plan of the Corporation.

5.   ELIGIBILITY

     Options  may  be  granted  only  to  regular  salaried   employees  of  the
Corporation and its subsidiaries who are executive  officers of the Corporation.
The term  "subsidiary"  corporation  shall  mean any  corporation  in which  the
Corporation controls, directly or indirectly, fifty percent (50%) or more of the
combined voting power of all classes of stock, and the term "executive  officer"
means any officer of the  corporation  subject to the reporting  requirements of
Section 16 of the Exchange Act.  Directors of the  Corporation  who are not also
officers shall not be eligible to be granted options under the Plan.
<PAGE>
6.   TERMS OF OPTION AND OPTION AGREEMENTS

     Each option shall be evidenced by a Stock Option  Agreement  which shall be
in such form and contain such  provisions  as the  Committee  shall from time to
time deem appropriate;  provided,  however, that the grant of an option pursuant
to this Plan shall in no way be construed to be an  alternative  to the right of
an optionee to purchase stock  pursuant to any other stock option  heretofore or
hereafter  granted to an  optionee  pursuant  to any stock  option  plans now in
existence  or  hereafter  adopted  by the  Corporation.  The terms of the option
agreements need not be identical,  but each option  agreement shall include,  by
appropriate  language,  or be subject to, the substance of all of the applicable
following provisions:

     (a) The purchase  price under each option granted shall be as determined by
the Committee but shall in no instance be less than 100% of fair market value on
the date of  grant.  The  fair  market  value on the date of grant  shall be the
opening  price of the Common  Stock on the New York Stock  Exchange on such date
(or if there shall be no trading on such date,  then on the first  previous date
on which there is such trading).

     (b) The  maximum  term of any stock  option  shall be ten years and one day
from the date it was granted.

     (c)  Except as  provided  in  Paragraph  10  hereof,  an option  may not be
exercised  to any extent,  either by the person to whom it was granted or by the
grantee's  transferee,  or by any person after the grantee's  death,  unless the
person to whom the option was granted has remained in the  continuous  employ of
the Corporation,  or of a subsidiary, for not less than six months from the date
when the option was  granted.  Otherwise,  each option shall be  exercisable  as
determined by the Committee.

     (d) The Corporation, during the terms of options granted under the Plan, at
all times will keep  available the number of shares of stock required to satisfy
such options.

     (e) The Corporation will seek to obtain from each regulatory  commission or
agency having  jurisdiction  such authority as may be required to issue and sell
shares of stock to satisfy such options.  Inability of the Corporation to obtain
from any such  regulatory  commission or agency  authority which counsel for the
Corporation  deems  necessary  for the lawful  issuance and sale of its stock to
satisfy  such options  shall  relieve the  Corporation  from any  liability  for
failure to issue and sell stock to satisfy  such  options  pending the time when
such authority is obtained or is obtainable.
<PAGE>

     (f)  Neither  a  person  to  whom  an  option  is  granted  nor  his or her
transferee, legal representative, heir, legatee, or distributee, shall be deemed
to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder  with  respect to,
any shares  subject to such option  unless and until he or she has exercised his
or her option pursuant to the terms thereof.

     (g) An option  shall  terminate  and may not be  exercised if the person to
whom it is granted ceases to be continuously employed by the Corporation,  or by
a  subsidiary  of the  Corporation,  except  (subject  nevertheless  to the last
sentence of this subparagraph (g)): (1) if the grantee's  continuous  employment
is  terminated  for  any  reason  other  than  (i)  retirement,  (ii)  permanent
disability, or (iii) death, the grantee or the grantee's transferee may exercise
the option to the extent that the grantee was  entitled to exercise  such option
at the date of such  termination at any time within a period of three (3) months
following the date of such  termination,  or if the grantee shall die within the
period of three (3) months following the date of such termination without having
exercised such option,  the option may be exercised  within a period of one year
following  the  grantee's  death by the  grantee's  transferee  or the person or
persons to whom the  grantee's  rights  under the option  pass by will or by the
laws of descent or distribution  but only to the extent  exercisable at the date
of such termination; (2) if the grantee's continuous employment is terminated by
(i) retirement,  (ii) permanent  disability,  or (iii) death,  the option may be
exercised  in  accordance  with its terms and  conditions  at any time  within a
period of five (5) years  following the date of such  termination by the grantee
or the  grantee's  transferee,  or in the event of the grantee's  death,  by the
persons to whom the  grantee's  rights under the option shall pass by will or by
the laws of descent or distribution;  (3) if the grantee's continuous employment
is terminated and within a period of ninety (90) days  thereafter the grantee is
recalled to the active payroll,  the Committee  may reinstate any portion of the
option  previously  granted  but  not  exercised.   Nothing  contained  in  this
subparagraph  (g) is  intended to extend the stated term of the option and in no
event may an option be exercised by anyone  after the  expiration  of its stated
term.

     (h) Nothing in this Plan or in any option granted hereunder shall confer on
any  optionee any right to continue in the employ of the  Corporation  or any of
its  subsidiaries,  or to interfere in any way with the right of the Corporation
or any of its subsidiaries to terminate his or her employment at any time.
<PAGE>
7.   TIME OF GRANTING OPTION

     The Committee  shall  determine the date on which options are granted under
the Plan. All options  granted must be approved at a meeting of the Committee by
a majority of the members of the Committee.

8.   ADJUSTMENT IN NUMBER OF SHARES AND IN OPTION PRICE

     In the event there is any change in the shares of the  Corporation  through
the   declaration  of  stock   dividends  or  a  stock   split-up,   or  through
recapitalization  resulting in share split-ups,  or combinations or exchanges of
shares, or otherwise,  the number of shares available for option, as well as the
shares  subject  to  any  option  and  the  option  price   thereof,   shall  be
appropriately adjusted by the Committee.


9.   PAYMENT OF PURCHASE PRICE AND WITHHOLDING TAXES

     (a) The  purchase  price  for all  shares  purchased  pursuant  to  options
exercised must be either paid in full in cash, or paid in full, with the consent
of the Committee,  in Common Stock of the Corporation  that has been held by the
optionee for at least six (6) months  valued at fair market value on the date of
exercise or a  combination  of cash and Common  Stock.  Fair market value on the
date of exercise for these  purposes is the opening price of the Common Stock on
the New York Stock  Exchange  on such date,  or if there  shall be no trading on
such date, then on the first previous date on which there was such trading.

     (b) The Committee  may permit the payment of all or part of the  applicable
required  withholding taxes due upon exercise of an option by the withholding of
shares otherwise issuable upon exercise of the option. Option shares withheld in
payment  of  such  taxes  shall  be  valued  at the  fair  market  value  of the
Corporation's  Common  Stock on the date of exercise as defined in Section  9(a)
hereinabove.


10.  CHANGE IN CONTROL

     In the event of a Change-of-Control  (as defined in the attached Exhibit A)
of the  Corporation,  any options granted  hereunder which are outstanding as of
the date such  change-of-control  is determined to have occurred,  and which are
not then  exercisable and vested,  shall become fully  exercisable and vested to
the full extent of the original grant.

<PAGE>
11.  AMENDMENT, SUSPENSION, OR TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

     (a) The Board may  amend,  modify,  suspend or  terminate  the Plan for the
purpose of meeting or addressing  any changes in legal  requirements  or for any
other purpose  permitted by law. The Board will seek stockholder  approval of an
amendment if determined to be required by or advisable under  regulations of the
Securities and Exchange Commission, the rules of any stock exchange on which the
Corporation's stock is listed, or other applicable law or regulation.

     (b) The Plan  shall  continue  in effect  until all  shares  available  for
issuance under the Plan have been issued. An option may not be granted while the
Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

     (c) The rights and obligations  under any options granted while the Plan is
in  effect  shall  not be  altered  or  impaired  by  amendment,  suspension  or
termination  of the Plan,  except  with the  consent  of the  person to whom the
option was granted or the grantee's transferee or to whom rights under an option
shall have passed by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.


12.  EFFECTIVE DATE

     The Plan shall become  effective  on June 22, 2000,  subject to approval by
the stockholders within twelve (12) months thereafter.


<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT A



A "change of control" means:

     (a) The acquisition by any individual,  entity or group (within the meaning
of Section  13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act (a "Person") of  beneficial
ownership  (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act)
of 20% or more of either (x) the then outstanding  shares of common stock of the
Corporation  (the  "Outstanding  Corporation  Common Stock") or (y) the combined
voting  power of the  then  outstanding  voting  securities  of the  Corporation
entitled to vote  generally  in the  election  of  directors  (the  "Outstanding
Corporation Voting Securities");  provided,  however,  that for purposes of this
subsection  (a), the following  acquisitions  shall not be deemed to result in a
change of control:  (i)any acquisition  directly from the Corporation,  (ii) any
acquisition by the  Corporation,  (iii) any acquisition by any employee  benefit
plan (or related  trust)  sponsored  or  maintained  by the  Corporation  or any
corporation  controlled  by the  Corporation  or  (iv)  any  acquisition  by any
corporation  pursuant to a transaction  that complies with clauses (i), (ii) and
(iii) of subsection (c) below; or

     (b)  individuals  who,  as of the  date  hereof,  constitute  the  Board of
Directors of the  Corporation  (the  "Incumbent  Board") cease for any reason to
constitute  at  least a  majority  of the  Board;  provided,  however,  that any
individual becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election,  or
nomination  for election by the  Corporation's  shareholders,  was approved by a
vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board
shall be  considered  as though such  individual  were a member of the Incumbent
Board,  but  excluding,  for this  purpose,  any such  individual  whose initial
assumption  of office  occurs as a result  of an actual or  threatened  election
contest  with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or
threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other
than the Board; or
<PAGE>

     (c)  the   approval  by  the   shareholders   of  the   Corporation   of  a
reorganization,  merger or consolidation or sale or other  disposition of all or
substantially  all of the assets of the Corporation or the acquisition of assets
of another  corporation  ("Business  Combination")  or, if  consummation of such
Business  Combination is subject,  at the time of such approval by shareholders,
to the consent of any government or governmental  agency,  the obtaining of such
consent (either explicitly or implicitly by consummation) unless, following such
Business  Combination,  (i)  all or  substantially  all of the  individuals  and
entities who were the beneficial  owners of the Outstanding  Corporation  Common
Stock and Outstanding  Corporation  Voting Securities  immediately prior to such
Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 60% of,
respectively,  the then  outstanding  shares  of common  stock and the  combined
voting  power  of the  then  outstanding  voting  securities  entitled  to  vote
generally in the election of directors,  as the case may be, of the  corporation
resulting  from such Business  Combination  (including,  without  limitation,  a
corporation  that as a result of such transaction owns the Corporation or all or
substantially all of the Corporation's  assets either directly or through one or
more  subsidiaries)  in  substantially  the same proportions as their ownership,
immediately  prior to such Business  Combination of the Outstanding  Corporation
Common Stock and Outstanding Corporation Voting Securities,  as the case may be,
(ii)  no  Person  (excluding  any  corporation   resulting  from  such  Business
Combination or any employee  benefit plan (or related trust) of the  Corporation
or any corporation resulting from such Business Combination)  beneficially owns,
directly  or  indirectly,  20% or more of,  respectively,  the then  outstanding
shares  of  common  stock  of  the  corporation  resulting  from  such  Business
Combination  or the  combined  voting  power  of  the  then  outstanding  voting
securities of such corporation  except to the extent that such ownership existed
prior to the Business  Combination  and (iii) at least a majority of the members
of the board of  directors  of the  corporation  resulting  from  such  Business
Combination  were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of
the  initial  agreement,  or of the  action  of the  Board,  providing  for such
Business Combination; or

     (d)  approval  by  the  shareholders  of  the  Corporation  of  a  complete
liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation.









</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-10
<SEQUENCE>7
<FILENAME>form10k_106.txt
<DESCRIPTION>EXHIBIT 10.6 DIRECTOR STOCK PLAN
<TEXT>
                                                                    Exhibit 10.6


                       NATIONAL SEMICONDUCTOR CORPORATION

                               DIRECTOR STOCK PLAN
                        as amended through June 26, 1997




1.   PURPOSE

     The  purposes  of  the  Director   Stock  Plan  (the  "Plan")  of  National
Semiconductor  Corporation (the "Corporation") are to promote the recruiting and
retention  of  highly  qualified   individuals  to  serve  in  the  capacity  of
non-employee  directors of the  Corporation and to strengthen the commonality of
interest between directors and stockholders.


2.   STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

     200,000  shares of the  Corporation's  $.50 par value Common Stock shall be
available  for issuance  under the Plan,  subject to  adjustment  as provided in
Paragraph 6, which may be unissued shares,  reacquired  shares, or shares bought
on the market.

3.   ADMINISTRATION

     The  Plan  shall  be   administered  by  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the
Corporation,  whose  construction and interpretation of the terms and provisions
of the Plan shall be final and conclusive.  The amount of the Common Stock to be
issued under the Plan,  the timing of the issuance of the Common Stock under the
Plan, and terms as to eligibility  shall be in accordance  with the terms of the
Plan.


4.   ELIGIBILITY

     Common  Stock issued under this Plan may be issued only to directors of the
Corporation  who are not employees of the  Corporation  or its  subsidiaries  or
affiliates  and have not been  such  employees  for at least  one year  prior to
becoming eligible to receive benefits under this Plan.

<PAGE>

5.   TERMS OF STOCK AWARDS

     (a) Common Stock shall be issued automatically to all eligible directors as
follows:  (i) on the  date  of the  approval  of the  Plan by the  holders  of a
majority  of  the  shares   represented  at  a  meeting  of  the   Corporation's
stockholders duly called and held in accordance with the  Corporation's  by-laws
and  applicable  law,  each  eligible  director  shall be issued 1,000 shares of
Common Stock;  (ii) each person who becomes an eligible  director after the date
of stockholder approval of the Plan shall be issued 1,000 shares of Common Stock
on the date of the  appointment  of such person to the Board of  Directors;  and
(iii) each eligible director shall be issued 1,000 shares of Common Stock on the
date of each  subsequent  election of such director to the Board of Directors by
the stockholders.

     (b)  Common  Stock  shall be issued to each  eligible  director  who elects
within ten (10) days after the date of (i) initial  appointment  to the Board of
Directors,  or (ii)  each  subsequent  election  to the  Board of  Directors  by
stockholders,  to receive the full value of the director's  annual cash retainer
fees for Board membership and Committee chairmanship in Common Stock. The number
of shares to be issued shall be  determined  by dividing the retainer fee by the
opening price of the Common Stock on the New York Stock  Exchange on the date of
initial  appointment  or  the  subsequent  reelection  by the  stockholders,  as
applicable.  If there is no trading on such day, the opening price of the Common
Stock on the New York Stock Exchange on the first previous trading date shall be
used.  Fractional  shares  shall not be issued  and the value of any  fractional
shares shall be paid in cash.

     (c) Common Stock issued under the Plan,  whether pursuant to Paragraph 5(a)
or 5(b),  shall be  restricted  from sale,  assignment  or other  transfer for a
period of six months from the date of issuance. In the event any recipient shall
cease to act as a Director  prior to  expiration  of six months from the date of
issuance, all rights in and to the Common Stock so issued shall be forfeited and
shall  revert to the Company.  All Common Stock  acquired by the Company in this
manner shall be retired and cancelled  promptly after the  acquisition  thereof.
All such shares shall upon such  cancellation  become  available for  reissuance
under the Plan.

     (d) While the Plan is in  effect,  the  Corporation  at all times will keep
available  the number of shares of stock  required  to satisfy  the terms of the
Plan.

     (e) The Corporation will seek to obtain from each regulatory  commission or
agency having  jurisdiction such authority as may be required to issue shares of
stock  under the Plan.  Inability  of the  Corporation  to obtain  from any such
regulatory  commission or agency  authority  which  counsel for the  Corporation
deems  necessary  for the  lawful  issuance  of its stock  under the Plan  shall
relieve the Corporation from any liability for failure to issue such stock until
such time when such authority is obtained or is obtainable.

     (f)  Nothing  in this Plan  shall  confer on any  participant  any right to
continue as a director of the Corporation.
<PAGE>


6.   ADJUSTMENT IN NUMBER OF SHARES

     In the event there is any change in the shares of the  Corporation  through
the   declaration  of  stock   dividends  or  a  stock   split-up,   or  through
recapitalization  resulting in share split-ups,  or combinations or exchanges of
shares,  or otherwise,  the number of shares available for issuance,  as well as
the  number of shares to be issued  pursuant  to the terms of  Paragraph  5 (a),
shall be proportionately  adjusted,  provided that the number of shares issuable
at any one time to any one participant shall always be a whole number.

7.   PAYMENT OF WITHHOLDING TAXES

     The  payment of all or part of any  applicable  withholding  taxes due upon
issuance  of stock  under the Plan,  up to the  highest  marginal  rates then in
effect,  shall be made by the withholding of shares otherwise  issuable.  Shares
withheld in payment of such taxes  shall be valued at the fair  market  value of
the Corporation's Common Stock on the date of issuance of stock under the Plan.

8.   AMENDMENT, SUSPENSION, OR TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

     (a) The Board may  amend,  modify,  suspend or  terminate  the Plan for the
purpose of meeting or addressing  any changes in legal  requirements  or for any
other  purpose  permitted by law;  provided,  however,  that the Plan may not be
amended  more than once every six months,  other than to comport with changes in
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,  the Employee  Retirement  Income
Security Act, or the rules thereunder.  The Board will seek stockholder approval
of an amendment if determined to be required by or advisable  under  regulations
of the Securities and Exchange  Commission or the Internal Revenue Service,  the
rules of any stock exchange on which the Corporation's  stock is listed or other
applicable law or regulation.

     (b) The Plan, unless sooner  terminated,  shall terminate on June 26, 2007.
No stock may be issued under the Plan until the Plan is approved by stockholders
or while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

9.   EFFECTIVE DATE

     The Plan shall become effective on August 20, 1992,  subject to approval by
the stockholders of the Corporation within twelve months after such date.

</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-21
<SEQUENCE>8
<FILENAME>form10k_211.txt
<DESCRIPTION>EXHIBIT 21.1 SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT
<TEXT>
                                                                    Exhibit 21.1


              NATIONAL SEMICONDUCTOR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                         SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

The  following  table  shows  certain  information  with  respect  to our active
subsidiaries  as of May 25, 2003, all of which are included in our  consolidated
financial statements:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              Percent of
                                                   State or Other       Other Country In        Voting
                                                  Jurisdiction of       Which Subsidiary   Securities Owned
Name                                               Incorporation         is Registered        by National
- ---------------------------------------------- ----------------------- ------------------- ------------------
<S>                                                                                              <C>
Algorex                                              California                                  100%
DigitalQuake, Inc.                                   California                                  100%
InnoComm WIRELESS                                    California                                  100%
Mediamatics, Inc.                                    California                                  100%
National Semiconductor International, Inc.            Delaware                                   100%
National Semiconductor Netsales, Inc.                 Delaware                                   100%
National Semiconductor (Maine), Inc.                  Delaware                                   100%
ASIC II Limited                                        Hawaii                                    100%
National Semiconductor B.V. Corporation               Delaware                                   100%
National Semiconductor France S.A.R.L.                 France                                    100%
National Semiconductor GmbH                           Germany               Belgium              100%
National Semiconductor (I.C.) Ltd.                     Israel                                    100%
National Semiconductor S.r.l.                          Italy                                     100%
National Semiconductor Aktiebolog (A.B.)               Sweden                                    100%
National Semiconductor Sweden Aktiebolog.              Sweden                                    100%
National Semiconductor (U.K.) Ltd.                 Great Britain        Denmark/Ireland          100%
                                                                         Finland/Norway
                                                                             Spain
National Semiconductor (U.K.)
     Pension Trust Company Ltd.                    Great Britain                                 100%
National Semiconductor Benelux B.V.                 Netherlands                                  100%
National Semiconductor B.V.                         Netherlands                                  100%
National Semiconductor International B.V.           Netherlands                                  100%
National Semiconductor Estonia ou                     Estonia                                    100%
National Semiconductor Finland Oy                     Finland                                    100%
Natsem India Designs Pvt. Ltd.                         India                                     100%
National Semiconductor (Australia) Pty.Ltd.          Australia                                   100%
National Semiconductor Hong Kong Limited             Hong Kong                                   100%
National Semiconductor (Far East) Limited            Hong Kong               Taiwan              100%
National Semiconductor Hong Kong Sales
     Limited                                         Hong Kong                                   100%
National Semiconductor Services Limited              Hong Kong                                   100%
National Semiconductor Japan Ltd.                      Japan                                     100%
N.S. Microelectronics Co., LTD.                        Japan                                      19%
National Semiconductor Korea Limited.                  Korea                                     100%
National Semiconductor SDN. BHD.                      Malaysia                                   100%
National Semiconductor Technology SDN.BHD.            Malaysia                                   100%
National Semiconductor Services
     Malaysia SDN.BHD.                                Malaysia                                   100%
National Semiconductor Pte. Ltd.                     Singapore                                   100%
</TABLE>





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                                               Percent of
                                                  State or Other         Other Country In        Voting
                                                  Jurisdiction of        Which Subsidiary   Securities Owned
Name                                               Incorporation          is Registered        by National
- -------------------------------------------- -------------------------- ------------------- ------------------
<S>                                          <C>                        <C>                 <C>
National Semiconductor Asia Pacific Pte.
     Ltd.                                            Singapore                                    100%
National Semiconductor Manufacturer
     Singapore Pte.Ltd.                              Singapore                                    100%
Shanghai National Semiconductor
     Technology Limited                        People's Republic of                                95%
                                                       China
National Semiconductor Shanghai Ltd.           People's Republic of                               100%
                                                       China
National Semiconductor (Suzhou) Ltd.           People's Republic of                               100%
                                                       China
National Semiconductor Canada Inc.                    Canada                                      100%
National Semiconductores do Brasil Ltda.              Brazil                                      100%
Electronica NSC de Mexico, S.A.                       Mexico                                      100%
National Semiconductor (Barbados) Limited            Barbados                                     100%
National Semiconductor Investments, Ltd.      British Virgin Islands                              100%


</TABLE>

</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-24
<SEQUENCE>9
<FILENAME>form10k_241.txt
<DESCRIPTION>EXHIBIT 24.1 POWER OF ATTORNEY
<TEXT>
                                                                    Exhibit 24.1



                                POWER OF ATTORNEY



     KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each of the undersigned persons hereby
constitutes and appoints Brian L. Halla,  Lewis Chew, and John M. Clark III, and
each of them  singly,  his true and  lawful  attorney-in-fact  and in his  name,
place, and stead, and in any and all of his offices and capacities with National
Semiconductor  Corporation  (the  "Company"),  to sign the Annual Report on Form
10-K for the  Company's  2003 fiscal year,  and any and all  amendments  to said
Annual Report on Form 10-K,  and generally to do and perform all things and acts
necessary or  advisable in  connection  therewith,  and each of the  undersigned
hereby  ratifies  and  confirms  all  that  each of said  attorneys-in-fact  may
lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  each of the  undersigned  has hereunto  executed this
Power of Attorney as of the date set forth opposite his signature.

           SIGNATURE                               DATE


 //S//BRIAN L. HALLA                            July 17, 2003
         Brian L. Halla

 //S//STEVEN R. APPLETON                        July 16, 2003
         Steven R. Appleton

 //S//GARY P. ARNOLD                            July 16, 2003
         Gary P. Arnold

 //S//RICHARD J. DANZIG                         July 16, 2003
         Richard J. Danzig

 //S//ROBERT J. FRANKENBERG                     July 16, 2003
         Robert J. Frankenberg

 //S//E. FLOYD KVAMME                           July 16, 2003
         E. Floyd Kvamme

 //S//MODESTO A. MAIDIQUE                       July 16, 2003
         Modesto A. Maidique

 //S//EDWARD R. McCRACKEN                       July 16, 2003
         Edward R. McCracken

 //S//LEWIS CHEW                                July 16, 2003
      Lewis Chew

 //S//ROBERT E. DeBARR                          July 16, 2003
         Robert E. DeBarr

</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-99
<SEQUENCE>10
<FILENAME>form10k_991.txt
<DESCRIPTION>EXHIBIT 99.1 CERTIFICATIONS RULE 13A-14(A)
<TEXT>
                                                                    Exhibit 99.1


                                  CERTIFICATION


I, Brian L. Halla, certify that:

1.   I have reviewed  this annual report on Form 10-K of National  Semiconductor
     Corporation;

2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of
     a material  fact or omit to state a  material  fact  necessary  to make the
     statements made, in light of the circumstances  under which such statements
     were made,  not  misleading  with  respect  to the  period  covered by this
     report;

3.   Based on my  knowledge,  the  financial  statements,  and  other  financial
     information  included  in  this  report,  fairly  present  in all  material
     respects the financial  condition,  results of operations and cash flows of
     the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.   The  registrant's  other  certifying  officer(s) and I are  responsible for
     establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined
     in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

     (a)  Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or caused such
          disclosure   controls  and   procedures  to  be  designed   under  our
          supervision,  to ensure  that  material  information  relating  to the
          registrant,  including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to
          us by others within those entities,  particularly during the period in
          which this report is being prepared;

     (c)  Evaluated the  effectiveness of the registrant's  disclosure  controls
          and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions  about the
          effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end
          of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

     (d)  Disclosed  in this  report  any  change in the  registrant's  internal
          control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's
          most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's  fourth fiscal quarter in
          the case of an annual  report)  that has  materially  affected,  or is
          reasonably  likely to materially  affect,  the  registrant's  internal
          control over financial reporting; and

5.   The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on
     our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to
     the registrant's  auditors and the audit committee of registrant's board of
     directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

     (a)  All significant  deficiencies  and material  weakness in the design or
          operation  of internal  control  over  financial  reporting  which are
          reasonably  likely to  adversely  affect the  registrant's  ability to
          record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

     (b)  Any fraud, whether or not material,  that involves management or other
          employees who have a  significant  role in the  registrants  internal
          control over financial reporting.




Date: July 21, 2003
                                                        \s\ Brian L. Halla
                                                        ------------------
                                                        Brian L. Halla
                                                        President & CEO


<PAGE>

                                  CERTIFICATION


I, Lewis Chew, certify that:

1.   I have reviewed  this annual report on Form 10-K of National  Semiconductor
     Corporation;

2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of
     a material  fact or omit to state a  material  fact  necessary  to make the
     statements made, in light of the circumstances  under which such statements
     were made,  not  misleading  with  respect  to the  period  covered by this
     report;

3.   Based on my  knowledge,  the  financial  statements,  and  other  financial
     information  included  in  this  report,  fairly  present  in all  material
     respects the financial  condition,  results of operations and cash flows of
     the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.   The  registrant's  other  certifying  officer(s) and I are  responsible for
     establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined
     in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

     (a)  Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or caused such
          disclosure   controls  and   procedures  to  be  designed   under  our
          supervision,  to ensure  that  material  information  relating  to the
          registrant,  including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to
          us by others within those entities,  particularly during the period in
          which this report is being prepared;

     (c)  Evaluated the  effectiveness of the registrant's  disclosure  controls
          and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions  about the
          effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end
          of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

     (d)  Disclosed  in this  report  any  change in the  registrant's  internal
          control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's
          most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's  fourth fiscal quarter in
          the case of an annual  report)  that has  materially  affected,  or is
          reasonably  likely to materially  affect,  the  registrant's  internal
          control over financial reporting; and

5.   The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on
     our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to
     the registrant's  auditors and the audit committee of registrant's board of
     directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

     a)   All significant  deficiencies  and material  weakness in the design or
          operation  of internal  control  over  financial  reporting  which are
          reasonably  likely to  adversely  affect the  registrant's  ability to
          record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

     b)   Any fraud, whether or not material,  that involves management or other
          employees who have a  significant  role in the  registrant's  internal
          control over financial reporting.




Date: July 21, 2003
                                                \s\ Lewis Chew
                                                --------------
                                                Lewis Chew
                                                Senior Vice President, Finance
                                                and Chief Financial Officer



</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-99
<SEQUENCE>11
<FILENAME>form10k_992.txt
<DESCRIPTION>EXHIBIT 99.2 CERTIFICATIONS SECTION 1350
<TEXT>
                                                                    Exhibit 99.2




                    CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

     Pursuant  to 18 U.S.C  Section  1350,  as  created  by  Section  906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley  Act of 2002, the undersigned  officer of National  Semiconductor
Corporation,  a Delaware  corporation (the "Company") hereby certifies,  to such
officer's knowledge, that:

     (i) the  accompanying  Annual  Report on Form 10-K of the  Company  for the
fiscal  year  ended  May  25,  2003  (the  "Report")  fully  complies  with  the
requirements  of  Section  13 (a) or  Section  15  (d),  as  applicable,  of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

     (ii) the  information  contained  in the  Report  fairly  presents,  in all
material  respects,  the  financial  condition  and results of operations of the
Company.



Dated: July 21, 2003
                                        \s\ Brian L. Halla
                                        ------------------
                                        Brian L. Halla
                                        President and Chief Executive Officer

     This  certification  is being  furnished  pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) of the
Exchange Act of 1934,  as amended  (the  "Exchange  Act"),  as the same shall be
applicable  to a Form 10-K due on or after August 14, 2003.  This  certification
shall not be deemed "filed" for any purpose under the federal  securities  laws,
including Section 18 of the Exchange Act. This certification shall not be deemed
to be  incorporated  by reference  into any filing under the  Securities  Act of
1933, as amended or the Exchange Act.

     A signed  original of this  written  statement  required by section 906 has
been  provided to  National  Semiconductor  Corporation  and will be retained by
National Semiconductor  Corporation and furnished to the Securities and Exchange
Commission or its staff upon request.

<PAGE>


                    CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

     Pursuant  to 18 U.S.C  Section  1350,  as  created  by  Section  906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley  Act of 2002, the undersigned  officer of National  Semiconductor
Corporation,  a Delaware  corporation (the "Company") hereby certifies,  to such
officer's knowledge, that:

     (i) the  accompanying  Annual  Report on Form 10-K of the  Company  for the
fiscal  year  ended  May  25,  2003  (the  "Report")  fully  complies  with  the
requirements  of  Section  13 (a) or  Section  15  (d),  as  applicable,  of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

     (ii) the  information  contained  in the  Report  fairly  presents,  in all
material  respects,  the  financial  condition  and results of operations of the
Company.


Dated: July 21, 2003
                                        \s\ Lewis Chew
                                        --------------
                                        Lewis Chew
                                        Senior Vice President, Finance and
                                        Chief Financial Officer

     This  certification  is being  furnished  pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) of the
Exchange Act of 1934,  as amended  (the  "Exchange  Act"),  as the same shall be
applicable  to a Form 10-K due on or after August 14, 2003.  This  certification
shall not be deemed "filed" for any purpose under the federal  securities  laws,
including Section 18 of the Exchange Act. This certification shall not be deemed
to be  incorporated  by reference  into any filing under the  Securities  Act of
1933, as amended or the Exchange Act.

     A signed  original of this  written  statement  required by section 906 has
been  provided to  National  Semiconductor  Corporation  and will be retained by
National Semiconductor  Corporation and furnished to the Securities and Exchange
Commission or its staff upon request.

</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
</SEC-DOCUMENT>
-----END PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----